Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

negative+time

  • 61 dovere

    1. v/i have to, must
    devo averlo I must have it, I have to have it
    non devo dimenticare I mustn't forget
    deve arrivare oggi she is supposed to arrive today
    come si deve ( bene) properly
    persona very decent
    doveva succedere it was bound to happen
    dovresti avvertirlo you ought to or should let him know
    2. v/t owe
    3. m duty
    per dovere out of duty
    * * *
    dovere v.servile
    1 ( obbligo, necessità assoluta) must, to have (got) to, to be to; shall (spec. form. nella 2a e 3a pers. sing. e pl.): devo finire questo lavoro entro domani, I must (o I have to o I've got to) finish this job by tomorrow; ha dovuto studiare tutto il giorno, he had to study all day; dobbiamo salvaguardare l'ambiente, we must (o we've got to) protect the environment; devi imparare a controllarti, you must (o you've got to) learn to control yourself; dovevamo partire subito, we had to leave at once; le domande d'iscrizione dovranno essere presentate entro febbraio, applications must (o are to) be made by the end of February; non dobbiamo fermarci un minuto di più, we mustn't stop a minute longer; devo proprio firmare?, do I have to (o have I got to o must I) sign?; la commissione deve riunirsi al più presto, the commission is to meet as soon as possible; secondo regolamento, nessuno deve lasciare la scuola senza autorizzazione, according to regulations, no one shall leave the school without authorization; tutti gli ufficiali devono presentarsi al colonnello, all officers are to (o shall) report to the colonel; che cosa devo fare?, what am I to do?; non devono esserci equivoci questa volta, there must be no misunderstanding this time; dovendo assentarmi per lavoro, non potrò presenziare alla cerimonia, having to be away on business, I shall be unable to attend the ceremony // comportarsi come si deve, to behave oneself (properly) // una persona come si deve, a decent person // un lavoro come si deve, a job well done // ( possibile) che debba sempre averla vinta tu?, why must you always be right?
    2 ( necessità, opportunità, convenienza) to have to, must (in frasi affermative e interr. positive); need (solo in frasi interr. positive); not to need to, need not, not to have (got) to (in frasi negative e interr. negative): dovrò alzarmi presto se voglio prendere il primo treno, I'll have to get up early if I want to catch the first train; dovremo far controllare l'impianto elettrico, we'll have to have the electric system checked; se vuole dimagrire dovrà mettersi a dieta, he'll have to go on a diet if he wants to lose weight; dovrai smettere di fumare prima o poi, you'll have to give up smoking sooner or later; dovete vedere quel film, you must, see that film; devi venire a cena qualche sera, you must (o you'll have to) come to dinner some evening; devi farti tagliare i capelli, you must (o you'll have to) get your hair cut; devi proprio andare in banca?, do you really need to go to the bank?; devi fare benzina?, do you need (to get) any petrol?; si deve mandare un acconto?, does one need to send a deposit?; non dovete accompagnarmi all'aeroporto, posso prendere un taxi, you needn't (o you don't have to o you don't need to) take me to the airport, as I can get a taxi; non è detto che debba andare proprio tu, you don't necessarily have to go; non dovevi telefonare?, didn't you have to make a phone call?; perché devi sempre interferire?, why must you keep on interfering?
    3 ( certezza, forte probabilità) must, to be bound to; ( inevitabilità) to have to, must: dev'esserci una spiegazione, there must be an explanation; dev'essere questo l'albergo, this must be the hotel; deve arrivare da un momento all'altro, he's bound to arrive any moment; devono aver capito, they must have understood; devi certamente aver sentito parlare di lui, you must (o you're bound to) have heard of him; doveva succedere prima o poi, it had to (o it was bound to) happen sooner or later; dovrà essere informato, he'll have to be told; dev'essere stato emozionante assistere a quell'incontro, it must have been exciting to be at that match
    4 ( essere previsto, prestabilito) to be to; (spec. di treno ecc.) to be due (to): doveva diventare presidente, he was to become president; le nozze dovevano essere celebrate l'indomani, the wedding was to take place next day; devo essere a Torino alle 10, I'm to be in Turin at 10 o'clock; l'aereo deve atterrare alle 11.15, the plane is due (to land) at 11.15; il treno doveva arrivare a Firenze alla 18, the train was due in Florence at 6 p.m.
    5 ( supposizione, previsione, possibilità) must: dev'essere già a casa, he must be home by now; non devono essere ancora partiti, they mustn't (o they can't) have left yet; devono essere le 3, it must be 3 o'clock; quello dev'essere il Monte Bianco, that must be Mont Blanc; deve sentirsi molto sola, she must be very lonely; non devono essersi capiti, they can't have understood each other; devi aver sofferto molto, you must have had a hard time; dev'essere rimasto male, he must have been upset; deve aver bevuto, he must have been drinking; non doveva avere più di 15 anni, he couldn't have been more than 15 (years of age); doveva essere molto tardi quando sei rincasato, it must have been very late when you got in // deve piovere, it's going to rain // dovrà rispondere di tentato omicidio, he's going to be charged with attempted murder ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, in frasi negative si può usare can, could in luogo di must
    6 (per esprimere una richiesta, nella 1a pers. s. e pl. del pres. indic.) shall: devo dirglielo?, shall I tell him?; dobbiamo passare a prenderti?, shall we call for you?; devo chiudere la porta a chiave?, shall I lock the door?; devo pagare in contanti o posso darle un assegno?, shall I pay cash or can I give you a cheque?; dobbiamo venire anche noi?, shall we come too?; devo farti telefonare da Michele?, shall I get Michael to call you?
    7 (al cond.) should, ought to: dovrebbero arrivare per le otto, they should (o they ought to) be here by eight; avrei dovuto scusarmi, I should have apologized; dovrebbe partire stasera, he should leave tonight; avresti dovuto andarci, you should have gone (there); dovreste aiutarlo, you ought to help him; avresti dovuto saperlo da un pezzo, you should have known ages ago; avrebbero dovuto telefonarmi, they ought to have phoned me
    8 (al cong. imperf. in frasi ipotetiche) should, were to: non dimenticherò mai quel giorno, dovessi campare 100 anni, I'll never forget that day, if I were to live 100 years; se dovesse fallire..., if he were to fail...; se dovesse venire, avvertimi, if he should come (o should he come), let me know; se doveste passare da Bologna, telefonatemi, if you should happen to be passing through Bologna, give me a call; se dovessi incontrarlo, digli che ho bisogno di parlargli, if you should meet (o should you meet) him, tell him I need to have a word with him; (se) dovessero stare così le cose..., if that were the case...
    9 ( essere obbligato, costretto) to be compelled (o obliged o forced) to; to feel* bound to: devo rinunciare all'incarico per motivi di salute, I am compelled (o obliged o forced) to give up the post for health reasons; dovette abbandonare il paese, he was forced to leave the country; se non provvederete al mio risarcimento, dovrò rivolgermi al mio avvocato, if you fail to compensate me, I shall be obliged to contact my solicitor; in seguito alle gravi accuse, il ministro dovette dimettersi, as a result of the grave allegations, the minister was forced to resign; devo riconoscere che avevamo torto, I feel bound to say we were wrong
    10 (all'imperfetto con valore di condizionale per esprimere consiglio, suggerimento) should have (o ought to have) + part. pass.: dovevi aspettartelo, you should have expected it; non doveva rispondere in quel modo, he shouldn't have answered like that; dovevamo pensarci prima, we ought to have thought of it before; dovevate vederlo, you should have seen him; dovevano immaginare che ti saresti offeso, they should have realised you'd be offended; non dovevi fare tante storie, you shouldn't have made such a fuss
    ◆ v.tr.
    1 ( essere debitore di) to owe: gli devo 500 euro, I owe him 500 euros; che cosa le devo?, what do I owe you?; deve il successo alla sua grande popolarità, he owes his success to his great popularity; ti dobbiamo molta riconoscenza, we owe you a great debt of gratitude; gli dovevamo tutto, we owed everything to him; ti devo la vita, I owe my life to you
    2 ( derivare) to take*: la Bolivia deve il suo nome a Simon Bolivar, Bolivia takes its name from Simon Bolivar
    3 ( nella forma passiva) to be due: a che cosa era dovuto il ritardo?, what was the delay due to?; ciò si deve alla sua negligenza, that is due to his negligence; l'incidente non era dovuto a un guasto meccanico, ma a un errore del pilota, the accident was not due to mechanical failure, but to pilot error; la morte era dovuta a cause naturali, death was due to natural causes; la teoria della relatività si deve a Einstein, we owe the theory of relativity to Einstein.
    dovere s.m.
    1 duty: i miei doveri di madre, my duties as a mother; i nostri doveri verso Dio, la patria, il prossimo, our duty to God, our country, our fellow creatures; i diritti e i doveri del cittadino, the rights and duties of the citizen; (dir.) dovere legale, legal duty; (dir.) soggetto a dovere, liable to duty; per senso del dovere, from a sense of duty; com'è mio dovere, as in duty bound; conosco il mio dovere, I know my duty; ho il dovere d'informarvi, I must inform you; mancò al suo dovere, he failed in his duty; mi faccio un dovere di imitarvi in tutto, I make a point of imitating you in everything; morì vittima del dovere, he died doing his duty; sento il dovere di aiutarti, I feel bound to help you; si credeva in dovere di seguirmi dappertutto, he thought it was his duty to follow me everywhere // avere il senso del dovere, to be conscious of one's duty; fare il proprio dovere, to do one's duty: fa' il tuo dovere a qualunque costo!, do your duty at all costs! // a dovere, properly (o as it should be): ti ha sistemato a dovere!, he settled your hash! // chi di dovere penserà a farlo, the person responsible will look after it; ci rivolgeremo a chi di dovere, we'll apply to the person in charge // visita di dovere, duty call // prima il dovere poi il piacere, (prov.) work before pleasure
    2 pl. (antiq.) ( saluti, convenevoli) (kind) regards, compliments, respects: i miei doveri a vostra sorella, my kindest regards to your sister; porgere i propri doveri a qlcu., to pay one's respects to s.o.
    * * *
    [do'vere]
    1. vt irreg
    (soldi, riconoscenza) to owe

    gli devo il mio successo — I owe my success to him, I have him to thank for my success

    devo tutto ai miei genitori — I owe everything to my parents

    crede che tutto gli sia dovuto — he thinks he has a god-given right to everything

    1) (obbligo) to have to

    come si deve — (bene) properly, (meritatamente) properly, as he (o she ecc) deserves

    è una persona come si deve — he is a very decent person

    non avrebbe dovuto esserne informata che il giorno dopo — she was not supposed to hear about it until the following day

    non devi fare rumore — you mustn't o you're not to make a noise

    avrebbe dovuto farlo — he should have o ought to have done it

    lui deve farlo — he has (got) to do it, he must do it

    devo farlo subito? — do I have to o have I got to do it immediately?

    devo partire domani — I'm leaving tomorrow, (purtroppo) I've got to leave tomorrow

    non devi zuccherarlo — (non è necessario) there's no need to add sugar

    2)

    lo farò, dovessi morire — I'll do it if it kills me

    3)

    (previsione) deve arrivare alle 10 — he should o is due to arrive at 10

    4)

    (probabilità) deve essere difficile farlo — it must be difficult to do

    3. sm
    (obbligo) duty

    a dovere — (bene) properly, (debitamente) as he (o she ecc) deserves

    rivolgersi a chi di dovere — to apply to the appropriate authority o person

    fare il proprio dovere di elettore — to do one's duty as a voter

    farsi un dovere di qc — to make sth one's duty

    avere il senso del dovere — to have a sense of duty

    * * *
    I 1. [do'vere]
    (when it is modal verb the use of the auxiliary essere or avere depends on the verb in the infinitive that follows) verbo modale
    1) (per esprimere obbligo) must, to have* to
    2) (per esprimere necessità, esigenza, convenienza) to have* (got) to
    3) (per esprimere consiglio, raccomandazione) should, ought to
    2.
    verbo transitivo
    1) (essere debitore di) to owe [denaro, cena] (a qcn. to sb.)

    quanto le devo? — (per un servizio) how much do I owe you? (per un acquisto) how much is it?

    mi deve un favore, delle scuse — he owes me a favour, an apology

    2) come si deve [comportarsi, agire] properly
    II 1. [do'vere]
    sostantivo maschile

    a chi di dovere — the person o people concerned

    2) a dovere properly, in the right way
    2.
    sostantivo maschile plurale doveri ant. (omaggi) respects

    - i coniugali — conjugal o marital duties

    ••

    prima il dovere, poi il piacere — prov. = duty comes first

    * * *
    dovere1
    /do'vere/ [43] (when it is modal verb the use of the auxiliary essere or avere depends on the verb in the infinitive that follows)
     1 (per esprimere obbligo) must, to have* to; il prestito deve essere rimborsato in un anno the loan must be repaid in one year; devo veramente alzarmi alle 7? must I really be up at 7 am? non devi farne parola con nessuno you mustn't mention this to anyone; devo andare a prendere i bambini a scuola I have to collect the children from school; fai quello che devi do what you have to
     2 (per esprimere necessità, esigenza, convenienza) to have* (got) to; si doveva fare qualcosa something had to be done; devi metterti a dieta se vuoi dimagrire you have to diet if you want to slim down; dobbiamo proprio discuterne adesso? need we discuss it now? devo prendere un ombrello? should I take an umbrella? do I need to take an umbrella? che devo fare? what am I to do?
     3 (per esprimere consiglio, raccomandazione) should, ought to; dovresti riflettere prima di parlare you should think before you speak
     4 (per esprimere probabilità) doveva essere lui it must have been him; dev'esserci qualche errore! there must be some mistake!
     5 (per esprimere previsione) dovremmo arrivare per le sei we should be there by six o'clock; devo vederlo domani I'll be seeing him tomorrow; quando deve o dovrebbe nascere il bambino? when's the baby due?
     6 (in offerte di cortesia o richieste di istruzioni) shall; dobbiamo aspettarti? shall we wait for you?
     1 (essere debitore di) to owe [denaro, cena] (a qcn. to sb.); quanto le devo? (per un servizio) how much do I owe you? (per un acquisto) how much is it? devo a te la mia vittoria it's thanks to you that I won; mi deve un favore, delle scuse he owes me a favour, an apology
     2 come si deve [comportarsi, agire] properly; un uomo come si deve a decent man.
    \
    See also notes... (dovere.pdf)
    ————————
    dovere2
    /do'vere/
    I sostantivo m.
     1 (obbligo) duty ( nei confronti di, verso to); avere il dovere di fare to have the duty to do; avere il senso del dovere to have a sense of duty; fare il proprio dovere to do one's duty; sentirsi in dovere di fare to feel duty bound to do; visita di dovere duty call; a chi di dovere the person o people concerned
     2 a dovere properly, in the right way
    II doveri m.pl.
     ant. (omaggi) respects
    prima il dovere, poi il piacere prov. = duty comes first
    \
    - i coniugali conjugal o marital duties.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > dovere

  • 62 pridem

    prīdem, adv. [from the obsol. pri-, prei-, (= prae; whence prior, primus, pridie), with demonstrative suffix dem], long ago, long since, a long time ago; without a negative:

    ita me pridem facere atriensem voluerat,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 29; id. Rud. 4, 7, 23:

    quod ad me pridem scripseras,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 6, 2; Stat. Th. 3, 680.—With a negative: non pridem, haud pridem, not long ago, a short time ago, lately (class.):

    hoc ego mali non pridem inveni,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 17:

    recens natura est mundi, neque pridem exordia cepit,

    Lucr. 5, 331:

    haud ita pridem,

    not so very long ago, Hor. S. 2, 2, 46:

    Themistocles fuit, nostrā civitate non ita pridem dominatu regio liberatā,

    not long before, Cic. Brut. 10, 41.— In old times, in former times, in time past, aforetime, formerly:

    nunc jam non classem, in quam, sicuti pridem, confugiant, superesse,

    Just. 5, 7, 12:

    Italiam notiorem sibi nunc, quam pridem fuisse,

    id. 31, 3, 10:

    eodem igitur furore in paenitentiam, quo pridem in iram versus, mori voluit,

    id. 12, 6, 7: quam pridem, how long ago, for how long a time:

    quam pridem pater et mater mortui essent,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 11:

    quam pridem non edisti,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 1, 46; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 48, § 126; id. Rosc. Com. 3, 8.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > pridem

  • 63 коэффициент


    coefficient (coeff.), factor
    безразмерное число, в основном отношение к-п. величин, характеризующих заданные условия. — а number indicating the amount of some change under certain specified сoпditions, often expressed as a ratio.
    - безопасности — factor of safety
    число, равное отношению расчетной нагрузки к эксплуатационной. расчетная нагрузка - произведение эксплуатационной нагрузки на коэффициент безопасности. — а number indicating the ratio between the ultimate load and limit load (maximum load expected in service). ultimate load is limit load multiplied by factor of safety.
    - восстановления давления — pressure recovery factor
    - двухконтурности (дтрд) — bypass ratio
    - загрузки пассажирами, безубыточный — passenger break-even load factor
    - запаса длины впп — field length factor
    - запаса длины летной полосы — field length factor
    - запаса длины летной полосы в направлении взлета — takeoff field length factor
    - запаса длины летной полосы в направлении посадки — landing field length factor
    - запаса длины летной полосы при всех работающих двигателей — field length factor for all-engines-operating сase
    - запаса длины летной полосы при одном отказавшем двигателе — field length factor for one-engine-inoperative ease
    - запаса прочности — reserve factor
    отношение фактической прочности конструкции к минимально-потребной в данных условиях. — а ratio of the actual strength of the structure to the minimum required to specific condition.
    - заполнения (в вычислительном уст-ве) — duty factor in computer, the ratio of active time to total time.
    - заполнения (воздушного) винта — propeller solidity ratio
    отношение суммарной площади всех лопастей винта к сметаемой ими площади. — the ratio of the total projected blade area to the area of the projected outline of the propeller disc.
    - заполнения несущего винта (вертолета) — rotor solidity ratio solidity of rotor is a ratio of the total blade area to the disc area.
    - лобового сопротивления (сх) — drag coefficient (cd)
    коэффициент, характеризующий лобовое сопротивление рассматриваемого аэродинамического профиля. — а coefficient representing the drag on а given airfoil.
    - маневренной перегрузки — maneuvering load factor
    - момента крена — rolling-moment coefficient
    - момента рыскания — yawing-moment coefficient
    - момента тангажа — pitching-moment coefficient
    - мощности — power factor
    - мощности (воздушного винта) — activity factor
    - мощности лопасти (возд. винта) — blade activity factor
    безразмерная функция поверхности лопасти, характеризующая способность лопасти использовать прикладываемую мощность. — а non-dimensional function of the blade surface used to express capacity of a blade for absorbing power.
    - несущей поверхности (покрытия аэродрома), калифорнийский — californian bearing ratio (с.в.r.)
    -, относительный (воздушного винта) — figure of merit
    - перегрузки (n) — load factor (n)
    число, показывающее, во сколько раз нагрузки, действующие на самолет (или его отдельные части), превышает нагрузки в равномерном горизонтальном полете или нагрузки от веса при стоянке. — the ratio to the weight of an aircraft of а specified exterпаl load. such load may arise from aerodynamic forces, gravity, ground or water reaction, or from combinations of these forces.
    - перегрузки, максимальный эксплуатационный — limit load factor
    - перегрузки, (полетный) — flight load factor
    отношение составляющей аэродинамической нагрузки (действующей перпендикулярно продольной оси ла) к весу ла. — the ratio of the aerodynamic force component (acting normal to the assumed longitudiпа1 axis of the airplane) to the weight of the airplane.
    - перегрузки (полетной), отрицательный — negative load factor
    - перегрузки (полетной), положительный — positive load factor
    в данном случае аэродинамичеекая сила воздействует на ла снизу вверх. — in positive load factor the aerodynamic force acts upward with respect to the airplane.
    - перегрузки при маневре — maneuvering load factor
    - перегрузки при маневре, максимальный эксплуатационный — limit maneuvering load factor
    - перегрузки, расчетный — ultimate load factor
    - передачи (коэффициент передаточного числа в системе управления ла) — gain
    - подъемной силы (су) безразмерная величина, определяемая по формуле. — lift coefficient (cl) а coefficient representing the lift of а given airfoil or other body. the lift coefficient is obtained ьу dividing the lift by the free-stream dynamic pressure and by the representative area under consideration.
    - полезного действия (кпд) — efficiency (n)

    the ratio of the useful output of the quantity to its total input.
    - полезного действия, общий — overall efficiency
    - полезного действия,тепловой — thermal efficiency
    -, поправочный — correction factor
    например, для учета влияния погодных (сезонных) условий (температура наружного воздуха, атмосферные осадки, обледенение) на характеристики тормозного участка впп в пределах установленных эксплуатационных ограничений. — the correction factors must account for the particular surface characteristics of the stopway and the variations in these characteristics with seasonal weather conditions (such as temperature, rain, snow, and ice) within the established operational limits.
    - предельной перегрузки — ultimate load factor
    - преобразования (в преобразователе) — conversion efficiency ratio of dc output power to ас input power.
    - профильного сопротивления — profile drag coefficient
    - прочности грунта, калифорнийский — californian bearing ratio (c.b.r.)
    (к. несущей способности покрытия аэродрома, впп) — c.b.r. is used to measure subsoil strength of the runways and airfields.
    - связи (эл.) — coupling coefficient
    - сжимаемости — coefficient of compressibility
    относительное уменьшение объема газа при повышении давления в изотермическом процессе. — the relative decrease of the volume of а gaseous system with increasing pressure in an isothermal process.
    - совершенства (воздушного винта) — figure of merit
    - сопротивления (лобовой, сx) — drag coefficient (cd)
    - сопротивления (сx) груза на внешней подвеске (вертолета) — drag coefficient (cd) representing а drag caused by an externally-slung load
    - стоячей волны — standing wave ratio (swr)
    - схождения карты — chart convergence factor (ccf)
    - сцепления (между шиной колеса и поверхностью впп) — coefficient of friction
    -, сцепления (между шиной и впп при торможении) — braking coefficient of friction
    - трансформации (в трансформаторе) — transformation ratio compensation windings are used to correct for variations in the resolvers transformation ratio.
    - трения — coefficient of friction
    - трения торможения — braking coefficient of friction
    коэффициент трения между шиной и поверхностью взлетно-посадочной полосы при торможении самолета. — braking coefficient of friction between the aircraft wheel tires and runway (surface).
    - трения торможения, осредненный приведенный — (mean) corrected braking coefficient of friction
    - тяги (воздушного винта) — thrust coefficient (ст)
    - усиления (эл.) — amplification factor

    the ratio of output magnitude to input magnitude.
    - усиления антенны — antenna gain
    - усиления (передаточное число в системе управления) — gain
    - усиления, самонастраивающийся (системы управления) — adaptive gain
    - утечки — leakage factor
    - шарнирного момента — hinge moment factor
    - шарнирного момента от порыва ветра на земле, предельный — limit hinge moment factor (к) for ground gusts
    в отношении элеронов и рулей высоты, коэффициент имеет положительный знак, если момент, воздействующий на поверхность управления, вызывает ее опускание. — for ailerons and elevators, а positive value of к indicates а moment tending to depress the surface, and а negative value of к - to raise the surface.
    - шума — noise factor
    для данной полосы частот, отношение суммарной величины помех на выходе к величине помехи на входе. — for а given bandwidth, the ratio оf total noise at the output, to the noise at the input.
    - эксплуатационной маневренной перегрузки (максимальный), или эксплуатационной перегрузки при маневрировании (отрицательный или попожительный) — (negative, positive) limit maneuvering load factor rotorcraft must be designed for positive limit maneuvering load factor of 3.5 and negafive limit maneuvering load factor of 1.0.

    Русско-английский сборник авиационно-технических терминов > коэффициент

  • 64 καί

    καί conjunction (Hom.+), found most frequently by far of all Gk. particles in the NT; since it is not only used much more commonly here than in other Gk. lit. but oft. in a different sense, or rather in different circumstances, it contributes greatly to some of the distinctive coloring of the NT style.—HMcArthur, ΚΑΙ Frequency in Greek Letters, NTS 15, ’68/69, 339–49. The vivacious versatility of κ. (for earlier Gk. s. Denniston 289–327) can easily be depressed by the tr. ‘and’, whose repetition in a brief area of text lacks the support of arresting aspects of Gk. syntax.
    ① marker of connections, and
    ⓐ single words
    α. gener. Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ Σίμων καὶ Ἰούδας Mt 13:55. χρυσὸν καὶ λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν 2:11. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἁγία καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή Ro 7:12. πολυμερῶς κ. πολυτρόπως Hb 1:1. ὁ θεὸς κ. πατήρ God, who is also the Father 1 Cor 15:24; cp. 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; Js 1:27; 3:9 al.—Connects two occurrences of the same word for emphasis (OGI 90, 19 [196 B.C.] Ἑρμῆς ὁ μέγας κ. μέγας; pap in Mayser II/1, 54) μείζων κ. μείζων greater and greater Hv 4, 1, 6. ἔτι κ. ἔτι again and again B 21:4; Hs 2, 6 (B-D-F §493, 1; 2; s. Rob. 1200).
    β. w. numerals, w. the larger number first δέκα καὶ ὁκτώ Lk 13:16. τεσσεράκοντα κ. ἕξ J 2:20. τετρακόσιοι κ. πεντήκοντα Ac 13:20.—The καί in 2 Cor 13:1 ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα=‘or’ ([v.l. ἢ τριῶν for καὶ τριῶν as it reads Mt 18:16]; cp. Js 4:13 v.l. σήμερον καὶ αὔριον=‘today or tomorrow’, but s. above all Thu. 1, 82, 2; Pla., Phd. 63e; X., De Re Equ. 4, 4 ἁμάξας τέτταρας καὶ πέντε; Heraclides, Pol. 58 τρεῖς καὶ τέσσαρας; Polyb. 3, 51, 12 ἐπὶ δυεῖν καὶ τρισὶν ἡμέραις; 5, 90, 6; Diod S 34 + 35 Fgm. 2, 28 εἷς καὶ δύο=one or two; schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1091 p. 305, 22 W. τριέτης καὶ τετραέτης) by the statement of two or three witnesses every charge must be sustained, as explained by Dt 19:15.
    γ. adding the whole to the part and in general (Aristoph., Nub. 1239 τὸν Δία καὶ τοὺς θεούς; Thu. 1, 116, 3; 7, 65, 1) Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Peter and the rest of the apostles Ac 5:29. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς κ. τὸ συνέδριον ὅλον the high priest and all the rest of the council Mt 26:59. Vice versa, adding a (specially important) part to the whole and especially (πᾶς Ἰουδὰ καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ 2 Ch 35:24; cp. 32, 33; 1 Macc 2:6) τοῖς μαθηταῖς κ. τῷ Πέτρῳ Mk 16:7. σὺν γυναιξὶ κ. Μαριάμ Ac 1:14.
    δ. The expr. connected by καί can be united in the form of a hendiadys (Alcaeus 117, 9f D.2 χρόνος καὶ καρπός=time of fruit; Soph., Aj. 144; 749; Polyb. 6, 9, 4; 6, 57, 5 ὑπεροχὴ καὶ δυναστεία=1, 2, 7; 5, 45, 1 ὑπεροχὴ τῆς δυναστείας; Diod S 5, 67, 3 πρὸς ἀνανέωσιν καὶ μνήμην=renewal of remembrance; 15, 63, 2 ἀνάγκη καὶ τύχη=compulsion of fate; 16, 93, 2 ἐπιβουλὴ κ. θάνατος=a fatal plot; Jos., Ant. 12, 98 μετὰ χαρᾶς κ. βοῆς=w. a joyful cry; 17, 82 ἀκρίβεια κ. φυλακή) ἐξίσταντο ἐπὶ τῇ συνέσει καὶ ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν αὐτοῦ they were amazed at his intelligent answers Lk 2:47. δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα κ. σοφίαν I will give you wise utterance 21:15. τροφὴ κ. εὐφροσύνη joy concerning (your) food Ac 14:17. ἐλπὶς κ. ἀνάστασις hope of a resurrection 23:6 (2 Macc 3:29 ἐλπὶς καὶ σωτηρία; s. OLagercrantz, ZNW 31, ’32, 86f; GBjörck, ConNeot 4, ’40, 1–4).
    ε. A colloquial feature is the coordination of two verbs, one of which should be a ptc. (s. B-D-F §471; Rob. 1135f) ἀποτολμᾷ κ. λέγει = ἀποτολμῶν λέγει he is so bold as to say Ro 10:20. ἔσκαψεν κ. ἐβάθυνεν (=βαθύνας) Lk 6:48. ἐκρύβη κ. ἐξῆλθεν (=ἐξελθών) J 8:59. Sim. χαίρων κ. βλέπων I am glad to see Col 2:5. Linking of subordinate clause and ptc. Μαριὰμ ὡς ἦλθεν … καὶ ἰδοῦσα J 11:32 v.l. Cp. παραλαβών … καὶ ἀνέβη Lk 9:28 v.l.
    ⓑ clauses and sentences
    α. gener.: ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει κ. τέξεται υἱόν Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). εἰσῆλθον … κ. ἐδίδασκον Ac 5:21. διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ κ. συνάξει τὸν σῖτον Mt 3:12. κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία Ro 4:14 and very oft. Connecting two questions Mt 21:23, or quotations (e.g. Ac 1:20), and dialogue (Lk 21:8), or alternate possibilities (13:18).
    β. Another common feature is the practice, drawn fr. Hebrew or fr. the speech of everyday life, of using κ. as a connective where more discriminating usage would call for other particles: καὶ εἶδον καὶ (for ὅτι) σεισμὸς ἐγένετο Rv 6:12. καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς … καὶ (for ὅτι) ἔλεγον and the king learned that they were saying Mk 6:14 (s. HLjungvik, ZNW 33, ’34, 90–92; on this JBlinzler, Philol. 96, ’43/44, 119–31). τέξεται υἱὸν καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ (for οὗ τὸ ὄνομα καλ.) Mt 1:21; cp. Lk 6:6; 11:44. καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι καὶ ποιήσωμεν σκηνάς Mk 9:5. Esp. freq. is the formula in historical narrative καὶ ἐγένετο … καὶ (like וַ … וַיְהִי) and it happened or came about … that Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15; Lk 5:1 v.l. (for ἐγένετο δὲ … καὶ; so also the text of 6:12), 12, 17; 14:1; 17:11 al. (Gen 7:10 al.; JosAs 11:1; 22:1). S. MJohannessohn, Das bibl. Καὶ ἐγένετο u. seine Geschichte, 1926 (fr. ZVS 35, 1925, 161–212); KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 29–62; Mlt-Turner 334f; ÉDelebecque, Études Grecques sur L’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65; JVoelz, The Language of the NT: ANRW II/25/2, 893–977, esp. 959–64.—As in popular speech, κ. is used in rapid succession Mt 14:9ff; Mk 1:12ff; Lk 18:32ff; J 2:13ff; 1 Cor 12:5f; Rv 6:12ff; 9:1ff. On this kind of colloquial speech, which joins independent clauses rather than subordinating one to the other (parataxis rather than hypotaxis) s. B-D-F §458; Rdm.2 p. 222; Rob. 426; Dssm., LO 105ff (LAE 129ff), w. many references and parallels fr. secular sources. This is a favorite, e.g., in Polyaenus 2, 3, 2–4; 2, 4, 3; 3, 9, 10; 3, 10, 2; 4, 6, 1; 7, 36 al.
    γ. It is also coordination rather than subordination when κ. connects an expr. of time with that which occurs in the time (Od. 5, 362; Hdt. 7, 217; Thu. 1, 50, 5; Pla., Symp. 220c; Aeschin. 3, 71 νὺξ ἐν μέσῳ καὶ παρῆμεν; s. B-D-F §442, 4; KBrugmann4-AThumb, Griechische Gramm. 1913, 640*): ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα κ. παραδίδοται the time has come when he is to be given up Mt 26:45. κ. ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν when they crucified him Mk 15:25. κ. ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα when he went up to Jerusalem J 2:13. κ. συντελέσω when I will make Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31); cp. J 4:35; 7:33; Lk 19:43; 23:44; Ac 5:7.
    δ. καί introducing an apodosis is really due to Hebr./LXX infl. (B-D-F §442, 7; Abel §78a, 6 p. 341; Mlt-H. 422; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT I, 1 ’62, 66–72; but not offensive to ears trained in good Gk.: s. Il. 1, 478; Hdt. 1, 79, 2; sim.Thu. 2, 93, 4 ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐχώρουν εὐθύς; 8, 27, 5; Herm. Wr. 13, 1 …, καὶ ἔφης; Delebecque [s. above in β] 130–32) καὶ ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ …, κ. ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 3:20. Also κ. ἰδού in an apodosis Lk 7:12; Ac 1:10.
    ε. connecting negative and affirmative clauses Lk 3:14. οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις κ. τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ you have no bucket, and the well is deep J 4:11; cp. 3J 10 (οὔτε … καί Eur., Iph. Taur. 591f; Longus, Past. 1, 17; 4, 28; Aelian, NA 1, 57; 11, 9; Lucian, Dial. Meretr. 2, 4 οὔτε πάντα ἡ Λεσβία, Δωρί, πρὸς σὲ ἐψεύσατο καὶ σὺ τἀληθῆ ἀπήγγελκας Μυρτίῳ ‘It wasn’t all lies that Lesbia told you, Doris; and you certainly reported the truth to Myrtium’). After a negative clause, which influences the clause beginning w. καί: μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν … κ. στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς Mt 7:6; cp. 5:25; 10:38; 13:15 (Is 6:10); 27:64; Lk 12:58; 21:34; J 6:53; 12:40 (Is 6:10); Ac 28:27 (Is 6:10); 1 Th 3:5; Hb 12:15; Rv 16:15.
    ζ. to introduce a result that comes fr. what precedes: and then, and so Mt 5:15; 23:32; Mk 8:34; 2 Cor 11:9; Hb 3:19; 1J 3:19. καὶ ἔχομεν and so we have 2 Pt 1:19. Esp. after the impv., or expr. of an imperatival nature (Soph., Oed. Col. 1410ff θέσθε … καὶ … οἴσει, El. 1207; Sir 2:6; 3:17) δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου καὶ ποιήσω and then I will make Mt 4:19. εἰπὲ λόγῳ, κ. ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου speak the word, and then my servant will be cured Mt 8:8; Lk 7:7; cp. Mt 7:7; Mk 6:22; Lk 10:28; J 14:16; Js 4:7, 10; Rv 4:1.—καί introduces a short clause that confirms the existence of someth. that ought to be: ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καὶ ἐσμέν that we should be called children of God; and so we really are (καλέω 1d) 1J 3:1 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 40 §161 they were to conquer Sardinia, καὶ κατέλαβον=and they really took it; 4, 127 §531 one day would decide [κρίνειν] the fate of Rome, καὶ ἐκρίθη).
    η. emphasizing a fact as surprising or unexpected or noteworthy: and yet, and in spite of that, nevertheless (Eur., Herc. Fur. 509; Philostrat., Her. 11 [II 184, 29 Kayser] ῥητορικώτατον καὶ δεινόν; Longus, Past. 4, 17 βουκόλος ἦν Ἀγχίσης καὶ ἔσχεν αὐτὸν Ἀφροδίτη) κ. σὺ ἔρχῃ πρὸς μέ; and yet you come to me? Mt 3:14; cp. 6:26; 10:29; Mk 12:12; J 1:5, 10; 3:11, 32; 5:40; 6:70; 7:28; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:9; Hb 3:9 (Ps 94:9); Rv 3:1. So also, connecting what is unexpected or otherw. noteworthy with an attempt of some kind (JBlomqvist, Das sogennante και adversativum ’79): but ζητεῖ κ. οὐχ εὑρίσκει but he finds none (no resting place) Mt 12:43. ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν κ. οὐχ εἶδαν but did not see (it) 13:17; cp. 26:60; Lk 13:7; 1 Th 2:18. Cp. GJs 18:3 (not pap). Perhaps Mk 5:20. Introducing a contrasting response καὶ ἀποδώσεις μοι Hv 2, 1, 3.
    θ. to introduce an abrupt question, which may often express wonder, ill-will, incredulity, etc. (B-D-F §442, 8. For older lit. exx. of this usage s. Kühner-G. II p. 247f; for later times EColwell, The Gk. of the Fourth Gospel ’31, 87f): κ. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο; how have I deserved this? Lk 1:43. κ. τίς; who then? Mk 10:26; Lk 10:29; J 9:36. καὶ τί γέγονεν ὅτι … ; how does it happen that … ? 14:22. καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις … ; how is it, then, that you say … J 14:9 v.l. W. a protasis εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, κ. τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με; for if I make you sad, who then will cheer me up? 2 Cor 2:2 (cp. Ps.-Clem., Hom. 2, 43; 44 εἰ [ὁ θεὸς] ψεύδεται, καὶ τίς ἀληθεύει;). Thus Phil 1:22 is prob. to be punctuated as follows (s. ADebrunner, GGA 1926, 151): εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτο μοι καρπὸς ἔργου, καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι; οὐ γνωρίζω but if living on here means further productive work, then which shall I choose? I really don’t know. καὶ πῶς αὐτοῦ υἱός ἐστιν; how, then, is he his son? Lk 20:44 (cp. Gen 39:9).
    ι. to introduce a parenthesis (Eur., Orest. 4, Hel. 393; X., Equ. 11, 2.—B-D-F §465, 1; Rob. 1182) κ. ἐκωλύθην ἄρχι τοῦ δεῦρο but so far I have been prevented Ro 1:13.
    ⓒ oft. explicative; i.e., a word or clause is connected by means of καί w. another word or clause, for the purpose of explaining what goes before it and so, that is, namely (PPetr II, 18 [1], 9 πληγὰς … καὶ πλείους=blows … indeed many of them.—Kühner-G. II 247; B-D-F §442, 9; Rob. 1181; Mlt-Turner 335) χάριν κ. ἀποστολήν grace, that is, the office of an apostle Ro 1:5. ἀπήγγειλαν πάντα καὶ τὰ τ. δαιμονιζομένων they told everything, namely what had happened to those who were possessed Mt 8:33. καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος that is, grace upon grace J 1:16. Cp. 1 Cor 3:5; 15:38.—Mt 21:5.—Other explicative uses are καὶ οὗτος, καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ ταῦτα (the first and last are in earlier Gk.: Hdt., X. et al.; s. Kühner-G. I 647; II 247) and, also ascensive and indeed, and at that Ἰ. Χρ., καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον J. Chr., (and) indeed him on the cross 1 Cor 2:2. καὶ τοῦτο Ro 13:11; 1 Cor 6:6, 8; Eph 2:8. καὶ ταῦτα w. ptc. and to be sure Hb 11:12. See B-D-F §290, 5; 425, 1; 442, 9.—The ascensive force of καί is also plain in Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον a Roman citizen, and uncondemned at that Ac 22:25. ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν an hour is coming, indeed it is already here J 5:25. προσέθηκεν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν καὶ κατέκλεισεν τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐν φυλακῇ added this on top of everything else, namely to put John in prison Lk 3:20.
    ⓓ After πολύς and before a second adj. καί is pleonastic fr. the viewpoint of modern lang. (earlier Gk.: Hom. et al. [Kühner-G. II 252, 1]; cp. Cebes 1, 1 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα ἀναθήματα; 2, 3; B-D-F §442, 11) πολλὰ … κ. ἄλλα σημεῖα many other signs J 20:30 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 318). πολλὰ κ. βαρέα αἰτιώματα many severe charges Ac 25:7. πολλὰ … καὶ ἕτερα Lk 3:18 (cp. Himerius, Or. 40 [=Or. 6], 6 πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα). πολλοὶ καὶ ἀνυπότακτοι Tit 1:10.
    ⓔ introducing someth. new, w. loose connection: Mt 4:23; 8:14, 23, 28; 9:1, 9, 27, 35; 10:1; 12:27; Mk 5:1, 21; Lk 8:26; J 1:19 and oft.
    ⓕ καί … καί both … and, not only …, but also (Synes., Dreams 10 p. 141b καὶ ἀπιστεῖν ἔξεστι καὶ πιστεύειν.—B-D-F §444, 3; Rob. 1182; Mlt-Turner 335) connecting single expressions Mt 10:28; Mk 4:41; Ro 11:33; Phil 2:13; 4:12. κ. ἐν ὀλίγῳ κ. ἐν μεγάλῳ Ac 26:29. κ. ἅπαξ κ. δίς (s. ἅπαξ 1) Phil 4:16; 1 Th 2:18. Connecting whole clauses or sentences: Mk 9:13; J 7:28; 9:37; 12:28; 1 Cor 1:22. Introducing contrasts: although … yet (Anthol. VII, 676 Δοῦλος Ἐπίκτητος γενόμην καὶ σῶμʼ ἀνάπηρος καὶ πενίην ῏Ιρος καὶ φίλος ἀθανάτοις ‘I was Epictetus, a slave; crippled in body and an Iros [a beggar in Hom., Od.] in poverty, but dear to the Immortals’) J 15:24; Ac 23:3. καὶ … κ. οὐ Lk 5:36; J 6:36. καὶ οὐ … καί 17:25; κ. … κ. now … now Mk 9:22. On τὲ … καί s. τέ 2c. Somet. w. ἤ q.v. 1aβ.—HCadbury, Superfluous καί in the Lord’s Prayer (i.e. Mt 6:12) and Elsewhere: Munera Studiosa (=WHatch Festschr.) ’46.
    ② marker to indicate an additive relation that is not coordinate to connect clauses and sentences, also, likewise, funct. as an adv.
    ⓐ simply κ. τὴν ἄλλην the other one also Mt 5:39; cp. vs. 40; 6:21; 12:45; Mk 1:38; 2:26; 8:7 and oft. Freq. used w. pronouns κἀγώ (q.v.). καὶ σύ Mt 26:73. κ. ὑμεῖς 20:4, 7; Lk 21:31; J 7:47 and oft. κ. αὐτός (s. αὐτός 1f).
    ⓑ intensive: even Mt 5:46f; 10:30; Mk 1:27; Lk 10:17; J 14:9 v.l.; Ac 5:39; 22:28; Ro 9:24 (ἀλλὰ καί); 1 Cor 2:10; 2 Cor 1:8; Gal 2:17; Eph 5:12; Phlm 21; Hb 7:25; 1 Pt 4:19 (but s. d below); Jd 23; Hs 5, 2, 10; 7:1; ἔτι καὶ νῦν Dg 2:3. CBlackman, JBL 87, ’68, 203f would transl. Ro 3:26b: … even in the act of declaring righteous (cp. the gen. abs. Polemon Soph. B 14 Reader καὶ Δάτιδος ἀποπλέοντος=even though Datis was sailing away). In formulas expressing a wish: ὄφελον καί if only, would that Gal 5:12. In connection w. a comparative: κ. περισσότερον προφήτου one who is even more than a prophet Mt 11:9. κ. μείζονα ποιήσει J 14:12.
    ⓒ In sentences denoting a contrast καί appears in var. ways, somet. in both members of the comparison, and oft. pleonastically, to our way of thinking καθάπερ …, οὕτως καί as …, thus also 2 Cor 8:11. ὥσπερ …, οὕτως καί (Hyperid. 1, 2, 5–8) Ro 5:19; 11:30f; 1 Cor 11:12; 15:22; Gal 4:29. ὡς …, οὕτως καί Ro 5:15, 18. ὸ̔ν τρόπον …, οὕτως καί 2 Ti 3:8.—οὕτως καί thus also Ro 6:11. ὡσαύτως καί in the same way also 1 Cor 11:25. ὁμοίως καί (Jos., Bell. 2, 575) J 6:11; Jd 8. ὡς καί Ac 11:17; 1 Cor 7:7; 9:5. καθὼς καί Ro 15:7; 1 Cor 13:12; 2 Cor 1:14; Eph 4:17. καθάπερ καί Ro 4:6; 2 Cor 1:14.—καί can also stand alone in the second member w. the mng. so also, so. ὡς … καί Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20. καθὼς … καί Lk 6:31 v.l.; J 6:57; 13:15; 1 Cor 15:49.—οἷος …, τοιοῦτος καί 1 Cor 15:48. After a comp. ὅσῳ καί by so much also Hb 8:6. καί is found in both members of the comparison (s. Kühner-G. II 256; 2 Macc 2:10; 6:14) Ro 1:13; 1 Th 2:14. καθὼς καὶ … οὕτως καί Col 3:13 (cp. Hyperid. 1, 40, 20–25 ὥσπερ καὶ … οὕτω καί; 3, 38).
    ⓓ w. expressions that introduce cause or result, here also pleonastic to a considerable degree διὰ τοῦτο καί for this reason (also) Lk 11:49; J 12:18. διὸ καί Lk 1:35; Ac 10:29; Ro 4:22; Hb 13:12. εἰς τοῦτο καί 2 Cor 2:9. ὥστε καί 1 Pt 4:19 (but this pass. may well fit in b). ὅθεν καί Hb 7:25; 11:19.
    ⓔ after an interrogative (as Thu., X., et al.; s. Kühner-G. II 255. S. also B-D-F §442, 14) at all, still ἱνατί καὶ τ. γῆν καταργεῖ; Lk 13:7. τί καί; (Hyperid. 3, 14 τί καὶ ἀδικεῖ; what kind of wrong, then, is he committing?) τί καὶ ἐλπίζει; why does he still (need to) hope? Ro 8:24. v.l. τί καὶ βαπτίζονται; why are they baptized (at all)? 1 Cor 15:29; cp. vs. 30.
    ⓕ used w. a relative, it oft. gives greater independence to the foll. relative clause: Mk 3:14; Lk 10:30; J 11:2 v.l.; Ac 1:3, 11; 7:45; 10:39; 11:30; 12:4; 13:22; 28:10; Ro 9:24; 1 Cor 11:23; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29 al.
    ⓖ used pleonastically w. prep.
    α. μετά (BGU 412, 6 μετὰ καὶ τ. υἱοῦ) Phil 4:3.
    β. σύν (ins in PASA III 612; PFay 108; BGU 179, 19; 515, 17) 1 Cl 65:1.—Dssm., NB 93 (BS 265f).
    ⓗ w. double names ὁ καί who is also called … (the earliest ex. in a fragment of Ctesias: 688 Fgm. 15, 51 p. 469, 23 Jac. ῏Ωχος καὶ Δαρειαῖος [s. Hatch 141]; OGI 565; 574; 583; 589; 603; 604; 620; 623; 636; POxy 45; 46; 54; 101; 485; 1279; PFay 30; BGU 22, 25; 36, 4; Jos., Ant. 1, 240; 5, 85; 12, 285; 13, 320; 18, 35. Further material in WSchmid, Der Atticismus III 1893, 338; Dssm., B 181ff [BS 313–17]. Lit. in B-D-F §268, 1) Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9. Ἰγνάτιος, ὁ καὶ Θεοφόρος ins of all the letters of Ign.
    ⓘ with other particles
    α. καὶ γάρ for (s. γάρ 1b).—καὶ γὰρ … ἀλλά (or granted that … but) 2 Cor 13:4; Phil 2:27.—καὶ γὰρ οὐ(κ): neither 1 Cor 11:9; for even … not 2 Cor 3:10.
    β. καί γε (without intervening word [opp. earlier Gk, e.g. Pla., Phd. 58d; Rep. 7, 531a]: Hippocr., Septim. 9, VII 450 Littré; Cornutus p. 40, 12; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; Rhetor Apsines [III A.D.] p. 332, 17 Hammer; TestReub 4:4 al.; for גָּם always in Theod. [DBarthélemy, Les devanciers d’Aquila ’63, 31ff]), weakened force: (if) only or at least Lk 19:42 v.l.; intensive: indeed (Jos. Ant 29, 19) Ac 2:18 (J 3:2 v.l.; Mel., P. 30, 207); Hm 8:5; 9:9. καί γε οὐ μακράν= and indeed God is not far Ac 17:27.—Kühner-G. II 176b; Schwyzer II 561; B-D-F §439, 2; Rdm.2 35–37.
    γ. καὶ … δέ and also, but also (s. δέ 5b).
    δ. καίτοι (Il. 13, 267 et al., ins, pap; 4 Macc 2:6; 5:18; 7:13; Ath. 8, 1 al.; Mel., P. 58, 422) particle (B-D-F §425, 1; 450, 3; Rob. 1129 and 1154) w. finite verb (Chion, Ep. 3, 1; Jos. Ant. 5, 78) yet, on the other hand Ac 14:17. W. gen. abs. foll. (BGU 850, 4 [76 A.D.] καίτοι ἐμοῦ σε πολλὰ ἐρωτήσαντος; 898, 26; Philo, Vi. Mos. 1, 20; Jos., Ant. 2, 321; Ath. 19, 2; 25, 2) Hb 4:3.—καίτοι γε or καί τοι γε (since Aristoph., Ach. 611; but esp. in later Gk. [cp. Schwyzer II 561; MMeister, De Aiocho dial., Breslau diss. 1915 p. 31, 5]; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 364b; Jos., Bell. 1, 7, Ant. 5, 36; Epict. 3, 24, 90; Just., A II, 11, 2; D. 7, 3; Ath. 3, 1; 22, 7; SIG 685, 76 and 82 [139 B.C.]) although J 4:2; Ac 14:17 v.l.; Dg 8:3. W. part. foll. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 230; Mel., P. 58, 422) AcPt Ox 849, 18.—Kühner-G. II 151f; B-D-F §439, 1; 450, 3.—For ἀλλὰ κ., δὲ και, ἐὰν κ., εἰ κ., ἢ κ. s. ἀλλά, δέ, ἐάν, εἰ, ἤ.—ERobson, KAI-Configurations in the Gk. NT, 3 vols. diss. Syracuse ’79. LfgrE s.v. καί col. 1273f (lit.). DELG. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καί

  • 65 Knowledge

       It is indeed an opinion strangely prevailing amongst men, that houses, mountains, rivers, and, in a word, all sensible objects, have an existence, natural or real, distinct from their being perceived by the understanding. But, with how great an assurance and acquiescence soever this principle may be entertained in the world, yet whoever shall find in his heart to call it into question may, if I mistake not, perceive it to involve a manifest contradiction. For, what are the forementioned objects but things we perceive by sense? and what do we perceive besides our own ideas or sensations? and is it not plainly repugnant that any one of these, or any combination of them, should exist unperceived? (Berkeley, 1996, Pt. I, No. 4, p. 25)
       It seems to me that the only objects of the abstract sciences or of demonstration are quantity and number, and that all attempts to extend this more perfect species of knowledge beyond these bounds are mere sophistry and illusion. As the component parts of quantity and number are entirely similar, their relations become intricate and involved; and nothing can be more curious, as well as useful, than to trace, by a variety of mediums, their equality or inequality, through their different appearances.
       But as all other ideas are clearly distinct and different from each other, we can never advance farther, by our utmost scrutiny, than to observe this diversity, and, by an obvious reflection, pronounce one thing not to be another. Or if there be any difficulty in these decisions, it proceeds entirely from the undeterminate meaning of words, which is corrected by juster definitions. That the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the squares of the other two sides cannot be known, let the terms be ever so exactly defined, without a train of reasoning and enquiry. But to convince us of this proposition, that where there is no property, there can be no injustice, it is only necessary to define the terms, and explain injustice to be a violation of property. This proposition is, indeed, nothing but a more imperfect definition. It is the same case with all those pretended syllogistical reasonings, which may be found in every other branch of learning, except the sciences of quantity and number; and these may safely, I think, be pronounced the only proper objects of knowledge and demonstration. (Hume, 1975, Sec. 12, Pt. 3, pp. 163-165)
       Our knowledge springs from two fundamental sources of the mind; the first is the capacity of receiving representations (the ability to receive impressions), the second is the power to know an object through these representations (spontaneity in the production of concepts).
       Through the first, an object is given to us; through the second, the object is thought in relation to that representation.... Intuition and concepts constitute, therefore, the elements of all our knowledge, so that neither concepts without intuition in some way corresponding to them, nor intuition without concepts, can yield knowledge. Both may be either pure or empirical.... Pure intuitions or pure concepts are possible only a priori; empirical intuitions and empirical concepts only a posteriori. If the receptivity of our mind, its power of receiving representations in so far as it is in any way affected, is to be called "sensibility," then the mind's power of producing representations from itself, the spontaneity of knowledge, should be called "understanding." Our nature is so constituted that our intuitions can never be other than sensible; that is, it contains only the mode in which we are affected by objects. The faculty, on the other hand, which enables us to think the object of sensible intuition is the understanding.... Without sensibility, no object would be given to us; without understanding, no object would be thought. Thoughts without content are empty; intuitions without concepts are blind. It is therefore just as necessary to make our concepts sensible, that is, to add the object to them in intuition, as to make our intuitions intelligible, that is to bring them under concepts. These two powers or capacities cannot exchange their functions. The understanding can intuit nothing, the senses can think nothing. Only through their union can knowledge arise. (Kant, 1933, Sec. 1, Pt. 2, B74-75 [p. 92])
       Metaphysics, as a natural disposition of Reason is real, but it is also, in itself, dialectical and deceptive.... Hence to attempt to draw our principles from it, and in their employment to follow this natural but none the less fallacious illusion can never produce science, but only an empty dialectical art, in which one school may indeed outdo the other, but none can ever attain a justifiable and lasting success. In order that, as a science, it may lay claim not merely to deceptive persuasion, but to insight and conviction, a Critique of Reason must exhibit in a complete system the whole stock of conceptions a priori, arranged according to their different sources-the Sensibility, the understanding, and the Reason; it must present a complete table of these conceptions, together with their analysis and all that can be deduced from them, but more especially the possibility of synthetic knowledge a priori by means of their deduction, the principles of its use, and finally, its boundaries....
       This much is certain: he who has once tried criticism will be sickened for ever of all the dogmatic trash he was compelled to content himself with before, because his Reason, requiring something, could find nothing better for its occupation. Criticism stands to the ordinary school metaphysics exactly in the same relation as chemistry to alchemy, or as astron omy to fortune-telling astrology. I guarantee that no one who has comprehended and thought out the conclusions of criticism, even in these Prolegomena, will ever return to the old sophistical pseudo-science. He will rather look forward with a kind of pleasure to a metaphysics, certainly now within his power, which requires no more preparatory discoveries, and which alone can procure for reason permanent satisfaction. (Kant, 1891, pp. 115-116)
       Knowledge is only real and can only be set forth fully in the form of science, in the form of system. Further, a so-called fundamental proposition or first principle of philosophy, even if it is true, it is yet none the less false, just because and in so far as it is merely a fundamental proposition, merely a first principle. It is for that reason easily refuted. The refutation consists in bringing out its defective character; and it is defective because it is merely the universal, merely a principle, the beginning. If the refutation is complete and thorough, it is derived and developed from the nature of the principle itself, and not accomplished by bringing in from elsewhere other counter-assurances and chance fancies. It would be strictly the development of the principle, and thus the completion of its deficiency, were it not that it misunderstands its own purport by taking account solely of the negative aspect of what it seeks to do, and is not conscious of the positive character of its process and result. The really positive working out of the beginning is at the same time just as much the very reverse: it is a negative attitude towards the principle we start from. Negative, that is to say, in its one-sided form, which consists in being primarily immediate, a mere purpose. It may therefore be regarded as a refutation of what constitutes the basis of the system; but more correctly it should be looked at as a demonstration that the basis or principle of the system is in point of fact merely its beginning. (Hegel, 1910, pp. 21-22)
       Knowledge, action, and evaluation are essentially connected. The primary and pervasive significance of knowledge lies in its guidance of action: knowing is for the sake of doing. And action, obviously, is rooted in evaluation. For a being which did not assign comparative values, deliberate action would be pointless; and for one which did not know, it would be impossible. Conversely, only an active being could have knowledge, and only such a being could assign values to anything beyond his own feelings. A creature which did not enter into the process of reality to alter in some part the future content of it, could apprehend a world only in the sense of intuitive or esthetic contemplation; and such contemplation would not possess the significance of knowledge but only that of enjoying and suffering. (Lewis, 1946, p. 1)
       "Evolutionary epistemology" is a branch of scholarship that applies the evolutionary perspective to an understanding of how knowledge develops. Knowledge always involves getting information. The most primitive way of acquiring it is through the sense of touch: amoebas and other simple organisms know what happens around them only if they can feel it with their "skins." The knowledge such an organism can have is strictly about what is in its immediate vicinity. After a huge jump in evolution, organisms learned to find out what was going on at a distance from them, without having to actually feel the environment. This jump involved the development of sense organs for processing information that was farther away. For a long time, the most important sources of knowledge were the nose, the eyes, and the ears. The next big advance occurred when organisms developed memory. Now information no longer needed to be present at all, and the animal could recall events and outcomes that happened in the past. Each one of these steps in the evolution of knowledge added important survival advantages to the species that was equipped to use it.
       Then, with the appearance in evolution of humans, an entirely new way of acquiring information developed. Up to this point, the processing of information was entirely intrasomatic.... But when speech appeared (and even more powerfully with the invention of writing), information processing became extrasomatic. After that point knowledge did not have to be stored in the genes, or in the memory traces of the brain; it could be passed on from one person to another through words, or it could be written down and stored on a permanent substance like stone, paper, or silicon chips-in any case, outside the fragile and impermanent nervous system. (Csikszentmihalyi, 1993, pp. 56-57)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Knowledge

  • 66 hiçbir

    "(used with a negative verb) no... at all, no... whatever, no... whatsoever; any... at all; no...; any...: Hiçbir haber gelmedi. No news whatsoever has come. O zamana kadar hiçbir pilot Atlantik´i geçememişti. Up to then no pilot had been able to cross the Atlantic. Hiçbir yarışmacının bu problemi çözebileceğini sanmıyorum. I don´t suppose any contestant will be able to solve this problem. - surette (used with a negative verb) by no means whatsoever, in no way whatsoever. - şey (used with a negative verb) nothing at all; nothing. - yerde (used with a negative verb) anywhere at all, in any place whatsoever; nowhere at all; anywhere; nowhere, in no place. - zaman/vakit (used with a negative verb) at no time whatever; never. "

    Saja Türkçe - İngilizce Sözlük > hiçbir

  • 67 генератор

    ( колебаний) driver, emitter, energizer, oscillator, generator, producer
    * * *
    генера́тор м.
    включа́ть генера́тор на нагру́зку — cause a generator to pick up (the) load
    генера́тор возбужда́ется — the generator builds up
    в слу́чае вы́хода генера́тора из стро́я … — upon loss of a generator …
    генера́тор выде́рживает нагру́зку (напр. номинальную) [m2]в тече́ние … — the generator carries its (e. g., rated) load for …
    генера́тор искри́т под щё́тками — the generator sparks under the brushes
    генера́торы нагружа́ются равноме́рно ( при параллельной работе) — the generators divide the load well
    генера́тор нагру́жен норма́льно ( при параллельной работе) — the generator takes its share of load
    генера́тор начина́ет возбужда́ться — the generator picks up
    генера́тор недогру́жен ( при параллельной работе) — the generator takes less than its share of the load
    генера́тор перегру́жен ( при параллельной работе) — the generator takes more than its share of the load
    генера́тор перехо́дит в режи́м электродви́гателя — the generator goes motoring
    генера́тор рабо́тает на холосто́м ходу́ — the generator operates at no load
    генера́тор рабо́тает паралле́льно с … — the generator operates in parallel with …
    разгоня́ть генера́тор — allow a generator to come up to speed, bring up a generator to speed
    генера́торы синхронизи́рованы ( при параллельной работе) — the generators are in synchronism
    синхронизи́ровать генера́торы по загора́нию ламп — synchronize the generators by the light-lamp method, synchronize light
    синхронизи́ровать генера́торы по погаса́нию ламп — synchronize the generators by the dark-lamp method, synchronize dark
    ста́вить генера́тор под нагру́зку — throw a generator on (the) load
    возбужда́ть генера́тор — drive an oscillator
    запуска́ть генера́тор — activate [enable, turn on] an oscillator
    настра́ивать генера́тор измене́нием ё́мкости — tune an oscillator capacitively [by varying the tuned-circuit capacitance]
    настра́ивать генера́тор измене́нием индукти́вности — tune an oscillator inductively [by varying the tuned-circuit inductance]
    генера́тор начина́ет генери́ровать — the oscillator is kicked into oscillations
    отключа́ть генера́тор — disable [turn off] an oscillator
    переводи́ть генера́тор в двухта́ктный режи́м — convert an oscillator to push-pull operation
    генера́тор постро́ен на ла́мпе …— the oscillator uses [is based on, is built around] a … valve
    генера́тор постро́ен по схе́ме (напр. ёмкостной трёхточки) — the oscillator is (set up as) a … (e. g., Colpitts circuit)
    генера́тор раска́чивается — the oscillator is building [builds] up (oscillation)
    синхронизи́ровать генера́тор какой-л. частото́й — lock an oscillator to a frequency
    срыва́ть колеба́ния в генера́торе — quench [turn off] an oscillator
    авари́йный генера́тор — emergency generator
    асинхро́нный генера́тор — induction generator
    ацетиле́новый генера́тор — acetylene generator
    ацетиле́новый генера́тор систе́мы «вода́ на карби́д» — water-to-carbide acetylene generator
    ацетиле́новый генера́тор систе́мы вытесне́ния — recession(-type) acetylene generator
    ацетиле́новый генера́тор систе́мы «карби́д в во́ду» — carbide-to-water acetylene generator
    ацетиле́новый генера́тор систе́мы погруже́ния — dipping(-type) acetylene generator
    ацетиле́новый генера́тор сухо́го ти́па — dry-residue acetylene generator
    аэрозо́льный генера́тор — aerosol generator, fogger
    бала́нсный генера́тор — balanced oscillator
    генера́тор бегу́щей волны́ — traveling-wave-tube [TWT] oscillator
    бесколле́кторный генера́тор — brushless generator
    бесщё́точный генера́тор — brushless generator
    генера́тор бие́ний — beat-frequency oscillator
    брызгозащищё́нный [брызгонепроница́емый] генера́тор — splash-proof generator
    генера́тор Ван-де-Гра́афа — Van de Graaf [(electrostatic) belt] generator
    вертика́льный генера́тор — vertical-shaft generator
    генера́тор видеочастоты́ — video-frequency signal generator
    генера́тор возбужда́ющих и́мпульсов — drive-pulse generator, driver
    вольтодоба́вочный генера́тор — booster (generator)
    вспомога́тельный генера́тор — auxiliary generator
    генера́тор вызывно́го то́ка — ringing generator
    генера́тор высо́кой частоты́
    1. (исходный или задающий источник в. ч. колебаний) radio-frequency oscillator
    2. (блок, включающий задающий в. ч. генератор, усилители, множители частоты и т. п.) radio-frequency generator
    га́нновский генера́тор — Gunn(-effect) oscillator
    генера́тор гармо́ник ( не путать с генера́торами гармони́ческих или синусоида́льных колеба́ний) — harmonic generator (not to be confused with a harmonic or sinusoidal oscillator)
    гетерополя́рный генера́тор — cross-field [heteropolar] generator
    гла́вный генера́тор мор. — propulsion generator
    генера́тор гла́вных синхронизи́рующих и́мпульсов — master clock
    гомополя́рный генера́тор — homopolar generator
    горизонта́льный генера́тор — horizontal-shaft generator
    двухко́нтурный генера́тор — tuned-input, tuned-output oscillator
    двухполя́рный генера́тор — bipolar generator
    двухта́ктный генера́тор — push-pull oscillator
    джозефсо́новский генера́тор — Josephson source
    диапазо́нный генера́тор — variable-frequency oscillator, VFO
    динатро́нный генера́тор — dynatron oscillator
    дугово́й генера́тор — arc converter
    ё́мкостно-резисти́вный генера́тор — RC-oscillator
    задаю́ший генера́тор — master oscillator
    генера́тор заде́ржанных и́мпульсов — delayed pulse oscillator
    генера́тор заде́ржки — delay generator
    генера́тор за́днего полустро́ба — late-gate generator
    закры́тый генера́тор — (totally) enclosed generator
    запира́ющий генера́тор — blanking-pulse generator
    заря́дный генера́тор — charging generator
    звуково́й генера́тор — audio-signal [tone] generator
    генера́тор звуково́й частоты́ — audio-signal [tone] generator, audio(-frequency) oscillator
    генера́тор звуково́й частоты́, вызывно́й — voice-frequency ringing generator, low-frequency signalling set
    зу́ммерный генера́тор — buzzer oscillator
    измери́тельный генера́тор — ( без модуляции выходного сигнала) test oscillator; ( с модуляцией выходного сигнала) signal generator
    генера́тор и́мпульсного напряже́ния — high-voltage impulse generator
    генера́тор и́мпульсного то́ка — surge current generator
    и́мпульсный генера́тор (источник колебаний, генерирующий под воздействием собственных или внешних импульсов) — pulse oscillator
    и́мпульсный, хрони́рованный генера́тор — timed pulse oscillator
    генера́тор и́мпульсов (любой источник управляемых последовательностей импульсов, в том числе механический, электромеханический, электронный и т. п.) — pulse generator, pulser
    генера́тор и́мпульсов за́данной фо́рмы — pulse waveform generator
    генера́тор и́мпульсов, маломо́щный — low-level pulser
    генера́тор и́мпульсов, ма́тричный — matrix-type pulse generator
    генера́тор и́мпульсов, мо́щный — power pulser
    генера́тор и́мпульсов, электро́нный — electronic pulse generator
    генера́тор инду́кторного вы́зова — subharmonic generator, ringing converter
    инду́кторный генера́тор — inductor generator
    интегра́льный генера́тор — integrated(-circuit) oscillator
    интерполяцио́нный генера́тор — interpolation oscillator
    искрово́й генера́тор ( напр. для индукционного нагрева) — spark-gap converter (e. g., for induction heating)
    генера́тор ка́дровой развё́ртки — vertical-scanning [frame-scan, frame-sweep, vertical sweep] generator [circuit]
    калибро́вочный генера́тор — calibration oscillator
    камерто́нный генера́тор — tuning-fork oscillator
    генера́тор кача́ющейся частоты́ [ГКЧ] — sweep-frequency [swept-frequency] generator; ( без конкретизации типа) swept-signal source
    генера́тор кача́ющейся частоты́ осуществля́ет кача́ние ( в пределах нужного диапазона) — the swept-frequency source sweeps (across the frequency range of interest)
    квадрату́рный генера́тор — quadrature oscillator
    ква́нтовый генера́тор — quantum-mechanical oscillator
    ква́нтовый генера́тор ИК-диапазо́на — infrared [IR] laser, iraser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий генера́тор [ОКГ] — laser (см. тж. лазер)
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий генера́тор бегу́щей волны́ — travelling wave laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий жи́дкостный генера́тор — liquid laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий и́мпульсный генера́тор — pulse(d) laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий инжекцио́нный генера́тор — injection laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий ио́нный генера́тор — ion(ic) (gas) laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий комбинацио́нный генера́тор — Raman laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий молекуля́рный генера́тор — molecular laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий монои́мпульсный генера́тор — giant-pulse laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий генера́тор на пигме́нтах — dye laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий генера́тор на руби́не — ruby laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий генера́тор на стекле́ с неоди́мом — Nd glass laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий полупроводнико́вый генера́тор — semiconduction laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий регенерати́вный генера́тор — cavity laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий генера́тор с модуля́цией добро́тности — Q-switched laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий генера́тор с непреры́вным режи́мом генера́ции — CW laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий генера́тор с электро́нной нака́чкой — electron-beam-pumped laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий твердоте́льный генера́тор — solid-state laser
    ква́нтовый, опти́ческий хими́ческий генера́тор — chemical laser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ(-диапазо́на) — maser (см. тж. мазер)
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ, акусти́ческий — acoustic maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ, га́зовый — gas maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ, и́мпульсный — pulse(d) maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ не аммиа́ке — ammonia gas maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ на осно́ве циклотро́нного резона́нса — cyclotron resonance [electron cyclotron] maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ на порошке́ — powder maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ на пучке́ моле́кул — molecular-beam maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ на руби́не — ruby maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ, полупроводнико́вый — semiconductor maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ, регенерати́вный — cavity maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ, регенерати́вный отража́тельный — reflection-type cavity maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ, регенерати́вный
    проходно́й генера́тор — transmission-type cavity maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ, полупроводнико́вый — semiconductor maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ с интерферо́метром Фабри́—Перо́ — Fabry-Perot maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ с опти́ческой нака́чкой — optically pumped maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ, твердоте́льный — solid-state maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор СВЧ, фоно́нный — phonon maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор с нака́чкой ла́зером — laser pumped maser
    ква́нтовый генера́тор субмиллиметро́вого диапазо́на — submillimeter (wave) maser, smaser
    ква́рцевый генера́тор — crystal oscillator
    клистро́нный генера́тор
    1. (источник сигнала, подсоединён прямо к волноводу) klystron generator
    2. (источник высокочастотных колебаний, напр. гетеродин) klystron oscillator
    когере́нтный генера́тор — coherent oscillator, Coho
    генера́тор (колеба́ний) с вне́шним возбужде́нием — radio-frequency [r.f.] power amplifier
    кольцево́й генера́тор — ring oscillator
    генера́тор компенса́ции парази́тных сигна́лов передаю́щей тру́бки тлв. — shading generator
    генера́тор компенса́ции тё́много пятна́ тлв. — shading(-correction) generator
    генера́тор коро́тких и́мпульсов — narrow-pulse generator
    ла́мповый генера́тор — брит. valve oscillator; амер. vacuum-tube oscillator
    генера́тор лине́йно-возраста́ющего напряже́ния ( [m2]то́ка) — saw-tooth (voltage, current) generator
    генера́тор лине́йно-па́дающего напряже́ния ( [m2]то́ка) — phantastron
    магнетро́нный генера́тор — magnetron oscillator
    магнитогидродинами́ческий генера́тор — magnetohydrodynamic [MHD] generator, magneto-fluid-dynamic [MFD] generator
    магнитогидродинами́ческий генера́тор на неравнове́сной пла́зме — non-equilibrium magnetohydrodynamic generator
    магнитострикцио́нный генера́тор — magnetostriction oscillator
    магнитоэлектри́ческий генера́тор — permanent-magnet generator
    генера́тор масшта́бных ме́ток да́льности — calibration mark(er) generator
    генера́тор ме́ток вре́мени — time-mark generator
    генера́тор ме́ток да́льности — range-mark(er) generator
    многото́ковый генера́тор — multiple-current generator
    генера́тор, модели́рующий диагра́мму напра́вленности — beam-pattern generator
    молекуля́рный генера́тор — molecular-beam maser
    надтона́льный генера́тор (в синтезаторах частоты, возбудителях дискретного спектра и т. п.) — interpolation oscillator
    генера́тор нака́чки — pump oscillator; ( параметрического усилителя) pump
    генера́тор на кре́мниевом дио́де, транзи́сторах, R и C и т. п. — silicon-diode, transistor, RC-, etc. oscillator
    генера́тор на то́пливных элеме́нтах — fuel-cell generator
    генера́тор незатуха́ющих колеба́ний — continuous-wave [CW] oscillator
    генера́тор нейтро́нов — neutron generator
    генера́тор несу́щей частоты́ — ( в ВЧ телефонии) carrier oscillator; ( в системах на боковых частотах) carrier generator
    неявнопо́люсный генера́тор — implicit-pole generator
    генера́тор ни́зкой частоты́ — audio(-frequency) oscillator; audio signal generator
    генера́тор одино́чных и́мпульсов — single-pulse generator
    опо́рный генера́тор ( в синтезаторах частоты и возбудителях дискретного спектра) — frequency standard (assembly)
    опо́рный генера́тор явля́ется исто́чником высокостаби́льной опо́рной частоты́, на осно́ве кото́рой получа́ются все остальны́е часто́ты, испо́льзуемые в радиоста́нции — the frequency standard produces an accurate, stable reference frequency upon which all frequencies used in the radio set are based
    генера́тор па́ра — steam generator
    параметри́ческий генера́тор — parametric oscillator
    генера́тор па́чек и́мпульсов — pulse-burst [series] generator
    педа́льный генера́тор — foot-operated [pedal] generator
    генера́тор пе́ны горн. — froth generator
    генера́тор пере́днего полустро́ба — early-gate generator
    генера́тор переме́нного то́ка — alternating current [a.c.] generator, alternator
    генера́тор переме́нного то́ка, многочасто́тный — multifrequency alternator
    генера́тор пилообра́зного напряже́ния ( [m2]то́ка) — saw-tooth voltage (current) generator
    генера́тор пла́вного диапазо́на — variable frequency oscillator, VFO
    пла́зменный генера́тор — plasma oscillator
    генера́тор пла́змы, дугово́й — arc plasma generator
    генера́тор повы́шенной частоты́ — rotary frequency changer, rotary changer converter
    генера́тор погружно́го исполне́ния — submerged [submersible] generator
    погружно́й генера́тор — submerged [submersible] generator
    генера́тор постоя́нного то́ка — direct-current [d.c.] generator
    генера́тор по схе́ме ё́мкостной трёхто́чки — Colpitts oscillator
    генера́тор по схе́ме индукти́вной трёхто́чки — Hartley oscillator
    генера́тор по схе́ме моста́ Ви́на — Wien-bridge oscillator
    генера́тор по схе́ме Ше́мбеля — electron-coupled oscillator, ECO
    генера́тор преры́вистого де́йствия — chopping oscillator
    генера́тор прямоуго́льных и́мпульсов — square-wave generator
    генера́тор псевдослуча́йной после́довательности — PR sequence generator
    генера́тор пусковы́х и́мпульсов — trigger(-pulse) generator
    генера́тор равновероя́тных цифр — equiprobable number generator
    генера́тор развё́ртки — брит. time-base (generator), time-base circuit; амер. sweep generator
    генера́тор развё́ртки да́льности — range-sweep generator
    реакти́вный генера́тор — reluctance generator
    резе́рвный генера́тор — stand-by generator
    релаксацио́нный генера́тор — relaxation oscillator
    генера́тор релаксацио́нных колеба́ний — relaxation oscillator
    реле́йный генера́тор — relay pulse generator
    самовозбужда́ющийся генера́тор — self-excited generator
    самохрони́рующийся генера́тор — self-pulsed oscillator
    генера́тор сантиметро́вого диапазо́на — SHF oscillator
    генера́тор с вну́тренней самовентиля́цией — built-in-fan-cooled generator
    генера́тор с водоро́дным охлажде́нием — hydrogen-cooled generator
    генера́тор СВЧ ( не путать с генера́тором сантиметро́вого диапазо́на) — microwave oscillator (not to be confused with SHF oscillator)
    сельси́нный генера́тор — synchro generator
    генера́тор се́тки часто́т — (frequency) spectrum generator
    генера́тор се́тки часто́т с ша́гом 10 кГц — a 10 kHz spectrum generator
    генера́тор сигна́лов — signal generator
    генера́тор сигна́лов, часто́тно-модули́рованный — FM signal generator
    генера́тор си́мволов — symbol generator
    генера́тор синусоида́льных колеба́ний ( не путать с генера́тором гармо́ник) — harmonic [sinusoidal] oscillator (not to be confused with harmonic generator)
    генера́тор синхрои́мпульсов тлв. — synchronizing(-signal) [sync] generator
    синхро́нный генера́тор
    1. эл. synchronous generator
    2. радио, тлв. locked oscillator
    генера́тор с и́скровым возбужде́нием — spark-excited oscillator
    генера́тор с ква́рцевой стабилиза́цией — crystal-controlled oscillator
    генера́тор с колеба́тельным ко́нтуром в цепи́ ано́да — брит. tuned-anode oscillator; амер. tuned-plate oscillator
    генера́тор с колеба́тельным ко́нтуром в цепи́ ано́да и се́тки — брит. tuned-anode, tuned-grid [TATG] oscillator; амер. tuned-grid, tuned-plate [TGTP] oscillator
    генера́тор с колеба́тельным ко́нтуром в цепи́ се́тки — tuned-grid oscillator
    генера́тор случа́йных сигна́лов ( в информационных системах) — random-signal generator
    генера́тор случа́йных собы́тий — random event generator, randomizer
    генера́тор случа́йных чи́сел мат. — random number generator, randomizer
    генера́тор с нару́жной самовентиля́цией — built-in blower-cooled generator
    генера́тор с незави́симым возбужде́нием
    1. эл. separately excited generator
    2. радио r.f. power amplifier
    генера́тор с незави́симым охлажде́нием — separate fan-cooled generator
    генера́тор с непо́лным включе́нием колеба́тельного ко́нтура — tapped-down oscillator
    генера́тор с нея́вно вы́раженными полюса́ми — non-salient pole generator
    генера́тор со́бственных нужд (станции, подстанции и т. п.) — house generator
    генера́тор со скоростно́й модуля́цией — velocity-modulated oscillator
    генера́тор со сме́шанным возбужде́нием — compound generator
    генера́тор с отрица́тельной крутизно́й — negative-transconductance oscillator
    генера́тор с отрица́тельным сопротивле́нием — negative-resistance oscillator
    генера́тор с паралле́льным возбужде́нием — shunt(-wound) generator
    генера́тор с попере́чным по́лем — cross-field [heteropolar] generator
    генера́тор с после́довательным возбужде́нием — series(-wound) generator
    генера́тор с посторо́нним возбужде́нием — r.f. power amplifier
    генера́тор с постоя́нными магни́тами — permanent magnet generator
    генера́тор с продо́льным по́лем — homopolar generator
    генера́тор с протяжё́нным взаимоде́йствием — extended interaction oscillator
    генера́тор срыва́ющей частоты́ — quench(ing) oscillator
    генера́тор с самовозбужде́нием ( автогенератор) — self-excited [feedback] oscillator
    генера́тор, стабилизи́рованный ква́рцем — crystal-controlled oscillator
    генера́тор, стабилизи́рованный ли́нией — line-controlled oscillator
    генера́тор станда́ртных сигна́лов — standard-signal generator
    генера́тор с тормозя́щим по́лем — retarding-field [positive-grid] oscillator
    стоя́ночный генера́тор мор. — harbour generator
    генера́тор строб-и́мпульсов — gate generator
    генера́тор стро́чной развё́ртки — horizontal-scanning [line-scan, line-sweep, horizontal-sweep] generator [circuit]
    стру́йный генера́тор — fluid oscillator
    генера́тор ступе́нчатой фу́нкции — step-function generator
    генера́тор субгармо́ник — subharmonic generator
    генера́тор с фа́зовым сдви́гом — phase-shift oscillator
    генера́тор с часто́тной модуля́цией — frequency-modulated oscillator
    генера́тор с электро́нной перестро́йкой частоты́ — voltage-tuned oscillator
    генера́тор с я́вно вы́раженными по́люсами — salient-pole generator
    генера́тор та́ктовых и́мпульсов — clock pulse-generator
    тахометри́ческий генера́тор — tacho(meter-)generator
    твердоте́льный генера́тор — solid-state oscillator
    теплово́й генера́тор — heat generator
    термоаэрозо́льный генера́тор — thermal aerosol generator
    термоэлектри́ческий генера́тор — thermoelectric generator
    термоэлектри́ческий, изото́пный генера́тор — isotopic thermoelectric generator
    термоэлектро́нный генера́тор — thermionic generator, thermionic converter
    тиратро́нный генера́тор — thyratron oscillator
    генера́тор тона́льного вы́зова — ( без конкретизации частоты) v.f. [voice-frequency] ringer; ( c точным указанием частоты) 2100-Hz ringer; 500-Hz ringer
    транзитро́нный генера́тор — transitron oscillator
    трёхто́чечный генера́тор ( обобщённое название) — impedance voltage divider oscillator
    трёхто́чечный генера́тор с ё́мкостной обра́тной свя́зью — Colpitts oscillator
    трёхто́чечный генера́тор с индукти́вной обра́тной свя́зью — Hartley oscillator
    трёхфа́зный генера́тор — three-phase generator
    генера́тор уда́рного возбужде́ния — shock-excited oscillator
    генера́тор уда́рных волн ав. — shock-wave generator
    генера́тор у́зких строб-и́мпульсов — narrow gate [strobe-pulse] generator
    у́ксусный генера́тор — vinegar generator
    ультразвуково́й генера́тор — ultrasonic generator
    ультразвуково́й генера́тор для сня́тия на́кипи — ultrasonic descaler
    униполя́рный генера́тор — homopolar [unipolar] generator
    генера́тор, управля́емый напряже́нием — voltage-controlled oscillator, VCO
    фотоэлектри́ческий генера́тор — photoelectric generator
    генера́тор Хо́лла — Hall generator
    генера́тор хрони́рующий генера́тор — timing oscillator
    генера́тор чи́сел — number generator
    генера́тор ЧМ ( для измерений методом качающейся частоты) — sweep generator, swept-signal source
    генера́тор широ́ких строб-и́мпульсов — wide gate [strob-pulse] generator
    генера́тор шу́ма — noise generator
    эквивале́нтный генера́тор напряже́ния — constant-voltage generator (Thevenin equivalent)
    эквивале́нтный генера́тор то́ка — constant-current generator (Norton equivalent)
    электростати́ческий генера́тор — electrostatic generator
    электростати́ческий, ле́нточный генера́тор — belt-type electrostatic generator
    электростати́ческий, ро́торный генера́тор — rotary electrostatic generator
    электрофо́рный генера́тор — influence machine
    этало́нный генера́тор — reference [standard] oscillator
    явнопо́люсный генера́тор — explicit-pole generator
    * * *

    Русско-английский политехнический словарь > генератор

  • 68 compensar

    v.
    1 to make up for (valer la pena).
    no me compensa (perder tanto tiempo) it's not worth my while (wasting all that time)
    2 to compensate, to balance, to compensate for, to make for.
    El dinero compensa la pérdida The money compensates the loss.
    El jefe compensa a la chica The boss compensates the girl.
    El juez compensó a María por el accidente The judge compensated Mary for...
    3 to clear.
    El juez compensó el caso de Ricardo The judge cleared John's case.
    * * *
    1 (pérdida, error) to make up for
    2 (indemnizar) to compensate, indemnify
    3 TÉCNICA to balance, compensate
    4 familiar (merecer la pena) to be worth one's while
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=indemnizar) to compensate ( por for)

    ¿cómo puedo compensarte por lo que has hecho por mí? — how can I repay you for what you have done for me?

    2) (=equilibrar) [+ pérdida, falta] to compensate for, make up for; [+ efecto, bajada] to compensate for, offset; [+ gastos] to repay, reimburse; [+ error] to make amends for
    3) (Mec) [+ ruedas] to balance
    4) (Econ) [+ cheque] to clear
    2.
    VI

    no compensa — it's not worth it, it's not worthwhile

    te compensa hacerlo — it's worth you doing it, it's worth your while doing it o to do it

    compensa gastarse más dinero ahora y ahorrarlo después — it pays to spend more now and save money later, it's worth spending more now to save money later on

    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo

    no compensa hacer un viaje tan largo — it's not worth making such a long journey; (+ me/te/le etc)

    2.
    1)
    a) ( contrarrestar) <pérdida/deficiencia> to compensate for, make up for; < efecto> to offset
    b) < persona>

    lo compensaron con $2.000 por los daños — he was awarded $2,000 compensation in damages

    2) < cheque> to clear
    3.
    compensarse v pron
    a) fuerzas (recípr) to compensate each other, cancel each other out
    b) pérdida/efecto
    * * *
    = compensate, offset, repay, even out, balance, make + amends (for/to), balance out, requite.
    Ex. Whatever the immediate difficulties may be, they will be more than compensated for by the long-term benefits of automated bibliographic control.
    Ex. Space requirements are less and capital outlay is considerably less, though this is offset by the higher maintenance costs.
    Ex. The administrator will be more than repaid by high staff morale for all the trouble-shooting and unglamorous behind-the-scenes planning.
    Ex. But damp paper was still preferred for much ordinary printing until late in the nineteenth century, partly because it evened out the minor inequalities of used type in the days before the introduction of hot-metal composing machines which cast type afresh for each job.
    Ex. It often requires careful diplomacy by acquisitions librarians to balance sharp faculty interests.
    Ex. The scholarships were established in 1979 to help make amends for the state's history of excluding blacks from the university.
    Ex. If you do this it should balance out some of the negative thoughts you're having and know that in the end que sera sera, what's meant to be will be.
    Ex. The sultan requited the king of China's present by sending him ten swords with scabbards encrusted in pearls.
    ----
    * compensar a Alguien = make + it + up to + Alguien.
    * compensar por = make up for, outweigh, outbalance.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo

    no compensa hacer un viaje tan largo — it's not worth making such a long journey; (+ me/te/le etc)

    2.
    1)
    a) ( contrarrestar) <pérdida/deficiencia> to compensate for, make up for; < efecto> to offset
    b) < persona>

    lo compensaron con $2.000 por los daños — he was awarded $2,000 compensation in damages

    2) < cheque> to clear
    3.
    compensarse v pron
    a) fuerzas (recípr) to compensate each other, cancel each other out
    b) pérdida/efecto
    * * *
    = compensate, offset, repay, even out, balance, make + amends (for/to), balance out, requite.

    Ex: Whatever the immediate difficulties may be, they will be more than compensated for by the long-term benefits of automated bibliographic control.

    Ex: Space requirements are less and capital outlay is considerably less, though this is offset by the higher maintenance costs.
    Ex: The administrator will be more than repaid by high staff morale for all the trouble-shooting and unglamorous behind-the-scenes planning.
    Ex: But damp paper was still preferred for much ordinary printing until late in the nineteenth century, partly because it evened out the minor inequalities of used type in the days before the introduction of hot-metal composing machines which cast type afresh for each job.
    Ex: It often requires careful diplomacy by acquisitions librarians to balance sharp faculty interests.
    Ex: The scholarships were established in 1979 to help make amends for the state's history of excluding blacks from the university.
    Ex: If you do this it should balance out some of the negative thoughts you're having and know that in the end que sera sera, what's meant to be will be.
    Ex: The sultan requited the king of China's present by sending him ten swords with scabbards encrusted in pearls.
    * compensar a Alguien = make + it + up to + Alguien.
    * compensar por = make up for, outweigh, outbalance.

    * * *
    compensar [A1 ]
    vi
    no compensa hacer un viaje tan largo para quedarse sólo tres días it's not worth making such a long journey just to stay three days
    (+ me/te/le etc): no me compensa hacerlo por tan poco dinero it's not worth my while doing it for so little money
    no creo que le compense venirse hasta aquí para trabajar dos horas I don't think it's worth her coming here (just) to work two hours
    ■ compensar
    vt
    A
    1 ‹pérdida› to compensate for, make up for; ‹efecto› to offset
    2 ‹persona› compensar a algn POR algo to compensate sb FOR sth
    lo compensaron con $2.000 por los daños he was awarded $2,000 compensation in damages
    quisiera compensarte de alguna manera por la molestia I would like to repay you in some way for all your trouble
    B ‹cheque› to clear
    1 «fuerzas» ( recípr) to compensate each other, cancel each other out
    2
    «pérdida/efecto»: compensarse CON algo: esto se compensa con una rebaja en los impuestos this is offset by o compensated for by tax cuts
    * * *

     

    compensar ( conjugate compensar) verbo intransitivo:

    no me compensa it's not worth my while
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( contrarrestar) ‹pérdida/deficiencia› to compensate for, make up for;

    ‹ efecto› to offset;

    b) ‹ persona› compensar a algn por algo ‹por pérdidas/retraso› to compensate sb for sth;

    ◊ lo compensaron con $2.000 por los daños he was awarded $2,000 compensation in damages

    2 ‹ cheque› to clear
    compensarse verbo pronominal [ fuerzas] ( recípr) to compensate each other, cancel each other out
    compensar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (equilibrar) to make up for
    2 (indemnizar) to compensate (for)
    II verbo intransitivo (merecer la pena) to be worthwhile: no me compensa vivir tan lejos, it's not worth my while to live so far away
    ' compensar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    amortizar
    - comida
    - comido
    - gratificar
    - suplir
    - recuperar
    - resarcir
    English:
    amends
    - atone
    - compensate
    - good
    - hedge
    - make up
    - make up for
    - offset
    - redeem
    - cancel
    - even
    - off
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [contrarrestar] to make up for;
    su talento compensa la falta de educación formal her talent makes up for the fact that she lacks a formal education;
    compensaron las pérdidas con las ganancias the profit they made cancelled out their losses
    2. [indemnizar]
    compensar a alguien (de o [m5] por) to compensate sb (for);
    la compensaron con 2 millones she got 2 million in compensation;
    te compensaré por el esfuerzo I'll make it worth your while
    ♦ vi
    to be worthwhile;
    no compensa it's not worth it;
    no me compensa (perder tanto tiempo) it's not worth my while (wasting all that time);
    compensa más comprarlo a granel it pays o it's more economical to buy it in bulk
    * * *
    I v/t compensate ( por for)
    II v/i fig
    be worthwhile
    * * *
    : to compensate for, to make up for
    : to be worth one's while
    * * *
    1. (contrarrestar) to make up for / to compensate
    2. (indemnizar) to pay compensation [pt. & pp. paid]
    3. (valer la pena) to be worth your while

    Spanish-English dictionary > compensar

  • 69 prueba

    f.
    1 piece of evidence.
    no tengo pruebas I have no proof o evidence
    2 sign.
    en o como prueba de in o as proof of
    3 test.
    prueba del embarazo pregnancy test
    la prueba de fuego the acid test
    prueba de resistencia endurance test
    4 test.
    prueba de acceso entrance examination
    prueba de aptitud aptitude test
    5 ordeal, trial (trance).
    6 event (sport).
    7 proof (Imprenta).
    8 sample.
    9 audition.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: probar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: probar.
    * * *
    2 (experimento) experiment, trial
    3 (examen) test
    4 TÉCNICA trial
    5 MEDICINA test
    6 DEPORTE event
    7 DERECHO evidence
    9 (en costura) fitting
    \
    a prueba de proof against
    en prueba de as a sign of
    poner a prueba to put to the test
    prueba de acceso entrance examination
    prueba de fuego acid test
    prueba del embarazo pregnancy test
    prueba nuclear nuclear test
    * * *
    noun f.
    4) test, trial
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=demostración) proof

    ¿tiene usted prueba de ello? — can you prove it?, do you have proof?

    eso es la prueba de que él lo hizo — this proves that he did it, this is the proof that he did it

    es prueba de que tiene buena salud — that proves o shows he's in good health

    • ser buena prueba de algo — to be clear proof of sth

    Alonso dio buena prueba de su calidad como orador — Alonso clearly demonstrated his quality as a speaker, Alonso gave clear proof of his quality as a speaker

    • como o en prueba de — in proof of

    como o en prueba de lo cual — in proof of which

    me lo dio como o en prueba de amistad — he gave it to me as a token of friendship

    como o en prueba de que no es así te lo ofrezco gratis — to prove that that isn't the case, I'll give it to you for free

    2) (Jur) piece of evidence
    3) (=examen) (Escol, Univ, Med) test; [de actor] (Cine) screen test; (Teat) audition

    prueba de acceso — entrance test, entrance examination

    prueba de selectividad — (Univ) entrance examination

    prueba práctica — practical, practical test

    4) (=ensayo)
    a) [gen]

    • período de prueba — [de persona] probationary period; [de producto] trial period

    • estar en (fase de) pruebas — to be on trial

    emitir en pruebas — (TV) to broadcast test transmissions

    b)

    • a prueba — (Téc) on trial; (Com) on approval, on trial

    • poner o someter a prueba — to put to the test

    c)

    • a prueba de, a prueba de agua — waterproof

    a prueba de bomba(s) — (lit) bombproof, shellproof

    prueba en carretera — (Aut) test drive

    5) (Dep) (=disciplina) event; (=carrera) race

    la prueba individual — (Tenis) the singles

    prueba campo a través — (Atletismo) cross-country race; (Hípica) cross-country trial

    prueba de carretera — (Ciclismo) road race

    prueba de relevos — relay, relay race

    prueba de vallas — hurdles, hurdles race

    prueba en ruta — (Ciclismo) road race

    prueba por equipos — (Ciclismo) team trial

    6) (Cos) fitting
    7) (Fot) print
    8) [de comida] (=acto) testing, sampling; (=cantidad) taste, sample
    9) LAm [en el circo] (=número) circus act; And (=función) circus show, performance
    10) pl pruebas (Tip) proofs

    primeras pruebas — first proofs, galleys

    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (demostración, testimonio) proof

    en or como prueba de mi agradecimiento — as a token of my gratitude

    b) (Der) piece of evidence
    2) (Educ) test; (Cin) screen test, audition; (Teatr) audition
    3)
    a) (ensayo, experimento)

    a prueba: tomar a alguien a prueba to take somebody on for a trial period; tener algo a prueba to have something on trial; poner algo a prueba to put something to the test; estás poniendo a prueba mi paciencia you're trying my patience; a prueba de: un reloj a prueba de golpes a shockproof watch; un dispositivo a prueba de ladrones a burglarproof mechanism; cristal a prueba de balas — bulletproof glass

    d) ( en costura) fitting
    4) (Fot, Impr) proof
    5) (Dep)

    la prueba de los 1.500 metros — the 1,500 meters (event o race)

    II
    pruebas, etc see probar
    * * *
    = assaying, edit sheet, engraving, field trial, galley, page proof, proof slip, proofsheet, proving trial, trial, trial print, trial run, tangible evidence, reassurance, test, proof copy, proof, galley proof, proof sheet, lab test, test session, test drive, test run, modelling exercise, performance test, ordeal, audition, tryout.
    Ex. Suppose you have classified, by UDC, the document 'Select methods of metallurgical assaying', class number 669.9.
    Ex. To print MARC record edit sheets, press 'Alt F3', which means to press and hold down the 'Alt' key, followed by pressing the 'F3' key.
    Ex. An art print is an engraving, etching, lithograph, etc. printed from the plate prepared by the artist.
    Ex. Telidon was first demonstrated in 1978, and small-scale field trials videotex and teletext started in 1980.
    Ex. Final editing and corrections are done on this terminal, and galleys are sent to the customer.
    Ex. Catalogue cards are available for each item recorded in the weekly BNB, and for Cataloguing-in-Publication (CIP) records prepared from the page proofs of forthcoming titles.
    Ex. Since it seems clear that many libraries will not be automating, they will have to depend on traditional sources of cataloging data such as cards, proof slips, and book catalogs.
    Ex. Alternatively a library may receive proofsheets of every LC catalogue record, and make a selection from these when items arrive.
    Ex. Bureaux can be useful for proving trials, and the deferment of commitments until a suitable size of data base has been accumulated in the computer system.
    Ex. The intention was to determine which department within each library has the responsibility for arranging trials of products.
    Ex. Trial prints (proofs) of the formes were then made, and compared with the copy from which they had been set.
    Ex. This course can be taken by librarians as well as readers and its trial run started in 1987.
    Ex. The chairwoman of the board had decided that as part of the screening process those who had successfully survived the initial winnowing should furnish the board with tangible evidence of how they might perform on a specific assignment.
    Ex. Such reassurance becomes particularly important if the inquirer has not sampled the file, either in a printed format or in browsing online.
    Ex. The suppliers claim that tests show this to be sufficient for 980 of all entries.
    Ex. One can only point to the efforts being made at BNB to produce cataloguing records as quickly as possible from proof copies if at all feasible.
    Ex. The catalogue has been automated since 1984, and further proof of the library's value and ability to move with the times are shown by its 8,400 plus individual members.
    Ex. Checking is carried out by comparison of the galley proof against the manuscript.
    Ex. These have the advantages of economy, and (if the subscriber desires) selectivity because the records on the proof sheets are divided into broad categories which can be obtained separately.
    Ex. The article 'Search engine showdown' reports the results of lab tests carried out on 7 major World Wide Web (WWW) search engines available free of charge on the Internet.
    Ex. A cognitive walkthrough consists of a re-enactment of a test session in which the user is queried about their movements and decisions throughout the test session.
    Ex. The author presents an evaluation of PatentView in terms of product information, search and retrieval facilities, documentation, and test drive.
    Ex. Test run results show that by taking advantage of the favourable properties of holography shorter response times are obtained.
    Ex. The modelling exercise would indicate which model was most economic and which was most cost-effective.
    Ex. The domains covered in the performance tests for the area of cosmetology were: hair cut, permanent wave, shampooing, wigs and hairpieces, skin care, hair conditioners (scalp and treatment), and manicuring.
    Ex. The article has the title ' Ordeals of a frustrated European intermediary with competitive intelligence searching'.
    Ex. Applicants may receive information regarding these auditions by sending a one-page written resume to this office no later than October 20, 2008.
    Ex. Nearly 200 players submitted applications to be considered for the tryouts and the pool was narrowed to 84.
    ----
    * anterior a la prueba = pretrial.
    * antes de la prueba = pretest [pre-test].
    * a prueba = on trial.
    * a prueba de bombas = ruggedised [ruggedized, -USA], bomb-proof.
    * a prueba de conejos = rabbit-proof.
    * a prueba de fallos = fail-safe.
    * a prueba de incendios = fireproof [fire-proof].
    * a prueba de inendios = fireproof [fire-proof].
    * a prueba de niños = childproof.
    * a prueba de robos = theft proof.
    * a prueba de tornados = tornado proof.
    * a prueba de un tratamiento duro = ruggedised [ruggedized, -USA].
    * a prueba de viento = windproof.
    * a toda prueba = unswerving.
    * banco de pruebas = testbed [test bed], benchmarking.
    * cada vez más pruebas = accumulating evidence.
    * carga de la prueba, la = burden of proof, the.
    * chaleco a prueba de balas = bullet-proof vest.
    * como prueba de = as a token of, as a sign of.
    * como prueba de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * como pruebas = in evidence.
    * corrección de pruebas = proofreading, proof correction.
    * corrector de pruebas = proofreader, corrector.
    * corregir pruebas = proof, proofread.
    * corregir una prueba = correct + proof.
    * dar pruebas = provide + evidence.
    * demostrar Algo con pruebas = demonstrate + in print.
    * de prueba = on a trial basis, trial, probationary, on trial.
    * después de la prueba = posttest [post-test].
    * durante un período de prueba = on a trial basis.
    * encontrar pruebas = find + evidence.
    * en prueba = on trial.
    * existir pruebas de que = there + be + evidence that.
    * falta de pruebas = lack of evidence to the contrary.
    * hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.
    * hacer pruebas = prove + trials.
    * hacer una prueba = audition.
    * haciendo pruebas = trial and error.
    * las pruebas = the writing on the wall.
    * lugar de prueba alfa = alpha test site, alpha site.
    * lugar de prueba beta = beta test site.
    * lugar de pruebas = test site.
    * no superar la prueba de = not stand the test of.
    * oferta de prueba = trial offer.
    * pasar la prueba = pass + muster.
    * pasar una prueba = endure + ordeal, pass + a test, stand up.
    * pasar una prueba de sobra = pass with + flying colours.
    * período de prueba = probationary period, trial period, trial run, probation, period of probation, probation period.
    * peso de la prueba, el = burden of proof, the.
    * poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.
    * poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience, try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poseer pruebas = have + evidence.
    * posterior a la prueba = post-test.
    * presentar las pruebas ante = lay + evidence before.
    * presentar pruebas = give + evidence.
    * programa de prueba beta = beta test programme.
    * proporcionar pruebas = provide + evidence.
    * prueba beta = beta test.
    * prueba cloze = cloze test.
    * prueba concluyente = conclusive evidence.
    * prueba de acidez = litmus test.
    * prueba de alcoholemia = breath test, alcohol testing.
    * prueba de antidopaje = drug testing.
    * prueba de antidoping = drug testing.
    * prueba decisiva = litmus test.
    * prueba de compra = proof of purchase.
    * prueba de desgaste = wear test.
    * prueba de detección de consumo de drogas = drug testing.
    * prueba de detección del cáncer = health facility, cancer screening.
    * prueba de fuego, la = acid test, the.
    * prueba de identidad = proof of identity.
    * prueba de laboratorio = lab test.
    * prueba de la densidad = density test.
    * prueba de la máxima proximidad = nearest neighbour test.
    * prueba del embarazo = pregnancy test.
    * prueba del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.
    * prueba del solapamiento = overlap test.
    * prueba de paternidad = paternity test.
    * prueba de prensa = press proof.
    * prueba de referencia = benchmark test.
    * prueba de rendimiento = benchmark, benchtest, achievement test, performance test.
    * prueba determinante = litmus test.
    * prueba de tornasol = litmus test.
    * prueba de validación = validation test.
    * prueba documental = documentary evidence.
    * prueba dura = ordeal.
    * prueba evidente = living proof.
    * prueba fehaciente = competent proof, living proof.
    * prueba final = final.
    * prueba inequívoca = ironclad proof.
    * prueba in situ = field test.
    * prueba nuclear = nuclear weapons testing.
    * prueba palpable = living proof.
    * prueba rápida = quiz form, quiz [quizzes, -pl.].
    * pruebas = evidence, proofs, testing.
    * pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.
    * pruebas circunstanciales = circumstantial evidence.
    * pruebas contundentes = hard evidence.
    * pruebas convincentes = convincing evidence.
    * pruebas de rendimiento = benchmarking.
    * pruebas en contra = evidence to the contrary.
    * pruebas forenses = forensic evidence.
    * pruebas indirectas = circumstantial evidence.
    * prueba sobre el terreno = field test, field trial.
    * pruebas previas = prior art.
    * prueba univariante = univariate test.
    * prueba viviente = living proof.
    * puesta a prueba = trying, piloting.
    * puesto a prueba = overstretched.
    * realizar una prueba = conduct + trial, take + test.
    * recoger pruebas = collect + evidence, gather + evidence, accumulate + evidence.
    * resultados de pruebas = test data.
    * sacar una prueba = pull + a proof.
    * ser la prueba de fuego de Algo = test + Nombre + to the limit.
    * ser prueba suficiente = be proof enough.
    * ser una prueba más de = strengthen + evidence.
    * someter a prueba = place + strain on.
    * terreno de pruebas = testing ground.
    * tira de prueba = test strip.
    * versión de prueba = test drive, trial version.
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) (demostración, testimonio) proof

    en or como prueba de mi agradecimiento — as a token of my gratitude

    b) (Der) piece of evidence
    2) (Educ) test; (Cin) screen test, audition; (Teatr) audition
    3)
    a) (ensayo, experimento)

    a prueba: tomar a alguien a prueba to take somebody on for a trial period; tener algo a prueba to have something on trial; poner algo a prueba to put something to the test; estás poniendo a prueba mi paciencia you're trying my patience; a prueba de: un reloj a prueba de golpes a shockproof watch; un dispositivo a prueba de ladrones a burglarproof mechanism; cristal a prueba de balas — bulletproof glass

    d) ( en costura) fitting
    4) (Fot, Impr) proof
    5) (Dep)

    la prueba de los 1.500 metros — the 1,500 meters (event o race)

    II
    pruebas, etc see probar
    * * *
    = assaying, edit sheet, engraving, field trial, galley, page proof, proof slip, proofsheet, proving trial, trial, trial print, trial run, tangible evidence, reassurance, test, proof copy, proof, galley proof, proof sheet, lab test, test session, test drive, test run, modelling exercise, performance test, ordeal, audition, tryout.

    Ex: Suppose you have classified, by UDC, the document 'Select methods of metallurgical assaying', class number 669.9.

    Ex: To print MARC record edit sheets, press 'Alt F3', which means to press and hold down the 'Alt' key, followed by pressing the 'F3' key.
    Ex: An art print is an engraving, etching, lithograph, etc. printed from the plate prepared by the artist.
    Ex: Telidon was first demonstrated in 1978, and small-scale field trials videotex and teletext started in 1980.
    Ex: Final editing and corrections are done on this terminal, and galleys are sent to the customer.
    Ex: Catalogue cards are available for each item recorded in the weekly BNB, and for Cataloguing-in-Publication (CIP) records prepared from the page proofs of forthcoming titles.
    Ex: Since it seems clear that many libraries will not be automating, they will have to depend on traditional sources of cataloging data such as cards, proof slips, and book catalogs.
    Ex: Alternatively a library may receive proofsheets of every LC catalogue record, and make a selection from these when items arrive.
    Ex: Bureaux can be useful for proving trials, and the deferment of commitments until a suitable size of data base has been accumulated in the computer system.
    Ex: The intention was to determine which department within each library has the responsibility for arranging trials of products.
    Ex: Trial prints (proofs) of the formes were then made, and compared with the copy from which they had been set.
    Ex: This course can be taken by librarians as well as readers and its trial run started in 1987.
    Ex: The chairwoman of the board had decided that as part of the screening process those who had successfully survived the initial winnowing should furnish the board with tangible evidence of how they might perform on a specific assignment.
    Ex: Such reassurance becomes particularly important if the inquirer has not sampled the file, either in a printed format or in browsing online.
    Ex: The suppliers claim that tests show this to be sufficient for 980 of all entries.
    Ex: One can only point to the efforts being made at BNB to produce cataloguing records as quickly as possible from proof copies if at all feasible.
    Ex: The catalogue has been automated since 1984, and further proof of the library's value and ability to move with the times are shown by its 8,400 plus individual members.
    Ex: Checking is carried out by comparison of the galley proof against the manuscript.
    Ex: These have the advantages of economy, and (if the subscriber desires) selectivity because the records on the proof sheets are divided into broad categories which can be obtained separately.
    Ex: The article 'Search engine showdown' reports the results of lab tests carried out on 7 major World Wide Web (WWW) search engines available free of charge on the Internet.
    Ex: A cognitive walkthrough consists of a re-enactment of a test session in which the user is queried about their movements and decisions throughout the test session.
    Ex: The author presents an evaluation of PatentView in terms of product information, search and retrieval facilities, documentation, and test drive.
    Ex: Test run results show that by taking advantage of the favourable properties of holography shorter response times are obtained.
    Ex: The modelling exercise would indicate which model was most economic and which was most cost-effective.
    Ex: The domains covered in the performance tests for the area of cosmetology were: hair cut, permanent wave, shampooing, wigs and hairpieces, skin care, hair conditioners (scalp and treatment), and manicuring.
    Ex: The article has the title ' Ordeals of a frustrated European intermediary with competitive intelligence searching'.
    Ex: Applicants may receive information regarding these auditions by sending a one-page written resume to this office no later than October 20, 2008.
    Ex: Nearly 200 players submitted applications to be considered for the tryouts and the pool was narrowed to 84.
    * anterior a la prueba = pretrial.
    * antes de la prueba = pretest [pre-test].
    * a prueba = on trial.
    * a prueba de bombas = ruggedised [ruggedized, -USA], bomb-proof.
    * a prueba de conejos = rabbit-proof.
    * a prueba de fallos = fail-safe.
    * a prueba de incendios = fireproof [fire-proof].
    * a prueba de inendios = fireproof [fire-proof].
    * a prueba de niños = childproof.
    * a prueba de robos = theft proof.
    * a prueba de tornados = tornado proof.
    * a prueba de un tratamiento duro = ruggedised [ruggedized, -USA].
    * a prueba de viento = windproof.
    * a toda prueba = unswerving.
    * banco de pruebas = testbed [test bed], benchmarking.
    * cada vez más pruebas = accumulating evidence.
    * carga de la prueba, la = burden of proof, the.
    * chaleco a prueba de balas = bullet-proof vest.
    * como prueba de = as a token of, as a sign of.
    * como prueba de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * como pruebas = in evidence.
    * corrección de pruebas = proofreading, proof correction.
    * corrector de pruebas = proofreader, corrector.
    * corregir pruebas = proof, proofread.
    * corregir una prueba = correct + proof.
    * dar pruebas = provide + evidence.
    * demostrar Algo con pruebas = demonstrate + in print.
    * de prueba = on a trial basis, trial, probationary, on trial.
    * después de la prueba = posttest [post-test].
    * durante un período de prueba = on a trial basis.
    * encontrar pruebas = find + evidence.
    * en prueba = on trial.
    * existir pruebas de que = there + be + evidence that.
    * falta de pruebas = lack of evidence to the contrary.
    * hacer la prueba = give + it a whirl, give + it a shot, give + it a try.
    * hacer pruebas = prove + trials.
    * hacer una prueba = audition.
    * haciendo pruebas = trial and error.
    * las pruebas = the writing on the wall.
    * lugar de prueba alfa = alpha test site, alpha site.
    * lugar de prueba beta = beta test site.
    * lugar de pruebas = test site.
    * no superar la prueba de = not stand the test of.
    * oferta de prueba = trial offer.
    * pasar la prueba = pass + muster.
    * pasar una prueba = endure + ordeal, pass + a test, stand up.
    * pasar una prueba de sobra = pass with + flying colours.
    * período de prueba = probationary period, trial period, trial run, probation, period of probation, probation period.
    * peso de la prueba, el = burden of proof, the.
    * poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.
    * poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience, try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poseer pruebas = have + evidence.
    * posterior a la prueba = post-test.
    * presentar las pruebas ante = lay + evidence before.
    * presentar pruebas = give + evidence.
    * programa de prueba beta = beta test programme.
    * proporcionar pruebas = provide + evidence.
    * prueba beta = beta test.
    * prueba cloze = cloze test.
    * prueba concluyente = conclusive evidence.
    * prueba de acidez = litmus test.
    * prueba de alcoholemia = breath test, alcohol testing.
    * prueba de antidopaje = drug testing.
    * prueba de antidoping = drug testing.
    * prueba decisiva = litmus test.
    * prueba de compra = proof of purchase.
    * prueba de desgaste = wear test.
    * prueba de detección de consumo de drogas = drug testing.
    * prueba de detección del cáncer = health facility, cancer screening.
    * prueba de fuego, la = acid test, the.
    * prueba de identidad = proof of identity.
    * prueba de laboratorio = lab test.
    * prueba de la densidad = density test.
    * prueba de la máxima proximidad = nearest neighbour test.
    * prueba del embarazo = pregnancy test.
    * prueba del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.
    * prueba del solapamiento = overlap test.
    * prueba de paternidad = paternity test.
    * prueba de prensa = press proof.
    * prueba de referencia = benchmark test.
    * prueba de rendimiento = benchmark, benchtest, achievement test, performance test.
    * prueba determinante = litmus test.
    * prueba de tornasol = litmus test.
    * prueba de validación = validation test.
    * prueba documental = documentary evidence.
    * prueba dura = ordeal.
    * prueba evidente = living proof.
    * prueba fehaciente = competent proof, living proof.
    * prueba final = final.
    * prueba inequívoca = ironclad proof.
    * prueba in situ = field test.
    * prueba nuclear = nuclear weapons testing.
    * prueba palpable = living proof.
    * prueba rápida = quiz form, quiz [quizzes, -pl.].
    * pruebas = evidence, proofs, testing.
    * pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.
    * pruebas circunstanciales = circumstantial evidence.
    * pruebas contundentes = hard evidence.
    * pruebas convincentes = convincing evidence.
    * pruebas de rendimiento = benchmarking.
    * pruebas en contra = evidence to the contrary.
    * pruebas forenses = forensic evidence.
    * pruebas indirectas = circumstantial evidence.
    * prueba sobre el terreno = field test, field trial.
    * pruebas previas = prior art.
    * prueba univariante = univariate test.
    * prueba viviente = living proof.
    * puesta a prueba = trying, piloting.
    * puesto a prueba = overstretched.
    * realizar una prueba = conduct + trial, take + test.
    * recoger pruebas = collect + evidence, gather + evidence, accumulate + evidence.
    * resultados de pruebas = test data.
    * sacar una prueba = pull + a proof.
    * ser la prueba de fuego de Algo = test + Nombre + to the limit.
    * ser prueba suficiente = be proof enough.
    * ser una prueba más de = strengthen + evidence.
    * someter a prueba = place + strain on.
    * terreno de pruebas = testing ground.
    * tira de prueba = test strip.
    * versión de prueba = test drive, trial version.

    * * *
    A
    1
    (demostración, señal): te ha llamado, eso es prueba de que le caes bien he called you, that shows o that proves he likes you, he called you, that's a sure sign that he likes you
    no había estudiado nada, la prueba está en que no contestó ni una pregunta it was quite clear o evident that he hadn't done any studying, he didn't answer a single question
    dio constantes pruebas de su lealtad he proved his loyalty over and over again
    no dio la menor prueba de estar sufriendo he didn't give the slightest hint o indication that he was suffering
    acepta este regalo en or como prueba de mi agradecimiento accept this gift as a token of my gratitude
    2 ( Der)
    (cosa, argumento): retiraron la acusación por falta de pruebas the charge was withdrawn owing to lack of evidence
    no hay pruebas de que eso sea verdad there's no proof that that's true
    tendrá que presentar pruebas de ello he will have to provide evidence to prove it, he'll have to prove it
    esta nueva prueba this new (piece of) evidence
    esto es prueba concluyente de que nos mintió this is conclusive proof that he lied to us
    a las pruebas me remito this/that proves it
    3 ( Mat):
    hacer la prueba de una operación to check one's calculations
    Compuestos:
    circumstantial evidence
    proof of purchase
    la prueba del absurdo reductio ad absurdum
    fpl material evidence
    B ( Educ) test; ( Cin) screen test, audition; ( Teatr) audition
    Compuestos:
    aptitude test
    acid test
    es un papel verdaderamente difícil, que va a ser su prueba de fuego como actor it's a really difficult part, which will be the acid test of his acting ability
    placement test, grading test
    C
    1
    (ensayo, experimento): ¿qué pasa si aprietas este botón? — no sé, hagamos la prueba what happens if you press this button? — I don't know, let's try it and see
    ¿por qué no haces la prueba de dejarlo en remojo? why don't you try leaving it to soak?
    ¡mira que te pego! — ¿a ver? ¡haz la prueba! (CS fam); I'll hit you! — oh yeah? let's see you try! ( colloq)
    2 ( en locs):
    a prueba: no tenía experiencia pero lo tomaron a prueba he had no experience but they took him on for a trial period o on probation
    tenemos esta fotocopiadora a prueba we have this photocopier on trial
    llévelo a prueba take it on trial o on approval
    poner algo a prueba to put sth to the test
    estás poniendo a prueba mi paciencia you're trying my patience
    a prueba de: un reloj a prueba de golpes a shockproof watch
    un dispositivo a prueba de ladrones a burglarproof mechanism
    a prueba de niños ( hum); childproof
    cristal a prueba de balas bulletproof glass
    dio unos argumentos a prueba de balas she put forward some rock solid o cast-iron arguments
    3 (en costura) fitting
    Compuestos:
    laboratory trial o test
    ● prueba del alcohol or de la alcoholemia
    Breathalyzer® test, sobriety test ( AmE), drunkometer test ( AmE)
    pregnancy test
    nuclear test
    ● prueba patrón or de referencia
    benchmark
    hacer la prueba patrón or de referencia to benchmark
    fpl weapons testing
    D ( Fot, Impr) proof
    corregir pruebas to proofread
    Compuestos:
    artist's proof
    ● prueba de galera or imprenta
    galley proof
    E
    1 ( Dep):
    en las pruebas de clasificación in the qualifying heats
    la prueba de los 1.500 metros the 1,500 meters event o race, the 1,500 meters
    las pruebas de descenso the downhill events
    2 ( AmL) (ejercicio) feat, act
    Compuesto:
    road race
    * * *

     

    Del verbo probar: ( conjugate probar)

    prueba es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    probar    
    prueba
    probar ( conjugate probar) verbo transitivo
    1 ( demostrar) ‹teoría/inocencia› to prove
    2
    a) ‹vino/sopa› to taste;

    ( por primera vez) to try
    b) ‹ método› to try;

    ‹coche/mecanismo› to try out
    c) ‹ ropa› to try on;

    pruebale algo A algn to try sth on sb
    d) ( poner a prueba) ‹empleado/honradez› to test;

    ‹arma/vehículo› to test (out)
    verbo intransitivo ( intentar) to try;
    prueba A hacer algo to try doing sth
    probarse verbo pronominal ‹ropa/zapatos› to try on
    prueba sustantivo femenino
    1
    a) (demostración, testimonio) proof;


    eso es prueba de que le caes bien that proves he likes you;
    en or como prueba de mi agradecimiento as a token of my gratitude

    2 (Educ) test;
    (Cin) screen test, audition;
    (Teatr) audition
    3
    a) (ensayo, experimento) test;


    prueba de la alcoholemia Breathalyzer® test, sobriety test (AmE), drunkometer test (AmE);
    prueba del embarazo pregnancy test
    b) ( en locs)

    ◊ a prueba: tomar a algn a prueba to take sb on for a trial period;

    tener algo a prueba to have sth on trial;
    poner algo a prueba to put sth to the test;
    a prueba de golpes/de balas shockproof/bulletproof

    4 (Fot, Impr) proof;

    5 (Dep):

    la prueba de los 1.500 metros the 1,500 meters (event o race)
    probar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (una teoría, un hecho) to prove
    2 (una máquina, un aparato, etc) to test
    3 (comida, bebida) to try
    (sabor, etc) to taste: no prueba el alcohol, he never touches alcohol
    II vi (intentar) to try ➣ Ver nota en try
    prueba sustantivo femenino
    1 proof
    corregir pruebas, to proofread
    como prueba de mi amistad, as a sign of my friendship
    2 (experimento, examen, etc) test, trial
    poner algo a prueba, to put sthg to the test: puso a prueba mi paciencia, she put my patience to the test
    figurado la prueba de fuego, the acid test
    prueba de alcoholemia, sobriety test, Breathalyzer(tm) test
    3 (competición) event
    4 Jur piece of evidence: no tienes pruebas, you have no evidence
    ♦ Locuciones: a prueba (en un trabajo) on trial: le cogieron quince días a prueba, they took him on for a two-week trial period
    a prueba de: a prueba de balas, bulletproof
    a prueba de golpes, shockproof
    ' prueba' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acceso
    - alcoholemia
    - cala
    - comprometedor
    - comprometedora
    - constancia
    - ensayo
    - escarceo
    - estrellarse
    - indicio
    - preliminar
    - presentarse
    - probar
    - psicotécnica
    - psicotécnico
    - selectividad
    - someter
    - suficiencia
    - terminante
    - testimonio
    - admisión
    - audición
    - bala
    - concluyente
    - contundente
    - convivencia
    - corregir
    - correr
    - decisivo
    - delator
    - documental
    - ejercicio
    - evaluación
    - exigente
    - fondo
    - individual
    - justificación
    - muestra
    - otro
    - pasar
    - preparar
    - puntaje
    - puntuar
    - resistencia
    - superar
    English:
    acid test
    - aptitude test
    - audition
    - burden
    - childproof
    - contest
    - demonstration
    - discovery
    - dummy run
    - event
    - exhibit
    - fitting
    - idiot-proof
    - positive
    - preponderance
    - probation
    - proof
    - qualifying
    - shellproof
    - shockproof
    - shred
    - strain
    - tax
    - test
    - test drive
    - test run
    - touch
    - trial
    - try
    - windproof
    - air
    - approval
    - bear
    - Breathalyzer
    - cast
    - endurance
    - failing
    - go
    - heat
    - litmus
    - one
    - over
    - pace
    - pilot
    - probationary
    - quiz
    - screen
    - see
    - sobriety
    - token
    * * *
    ♦ nf
    1. [demostración] proof;
    no existe ninguna prueba de que haya copiado en el examen there is no proof that he copied during the exam;
    dio pruebas irrefutables de que era inocente she gave irrefutable proof of her innocence, she proved beyond doubt that she was innocent;
    no tengo pruebas I have no proof;
    ¡ahí tienes la prueba! that proves it!
    2. Der piece of evidence;
    pruebas evidence, proof;
    fue absuelto por falta de pruebas he was acquitted owing to a lack of evidence;
    presentar pruebas to submit evidence;
    a las pruebas me remito the evidence will bear me out
    pruebas indiciarias circumstantial evidence;
    pruebas de indicios circumstantial evidence;
    pruebas instrumentales documentary evidence
    3. [manifestación, señal] sign;
    eso es prueba de que les importa this proves they care, this is a sign that they care;
    a mitad de carrera empezó a dar pruebas de cansancio halfway through the race she started to show signs of tiring;
    en o [m5] como prueba de mi amistad in o as proof of friendship;
    le hice el regalo como prueba de agradecimiento/mi amor I gave her the present as a token of my gratitude/love
    4. [examen académico] test;
    el examen consta de una prueba escrita y otra oral the exam has an oral part and a written part
    prueba de acceso entrance examination;
    prueba de aptitud aptitude test
    5. [comprobación, ensayo, experimento] test;
    hicimos la prueba de cambiar las pilas we tried changing the batteries;
    ¡haga usted la prueba! try it and see!;
    hacerle a alguien una prueba to test sb, to give sb a test;
    RP Fam
    hacer la prueba: te voy a abandonar para siempre – hacé la prueba I'm going to walk out and leave you for good – go on, then!
    prueba del ADN DNA test;
    prueba del alcohol Breathalyser® test;
    prueba de (la) alcoholemia Br Breathalyser® o US drunkometer test;
    prueba antidopaje drugs test;
    prueba antidoping drugs test;
    prueba del embarazo pregnancy test;
    hacerse la prueba del embarazo to take a pregnancy test;
    Fig la prueba de fuego the acid test;
    prueba nuclear nuclear test;
    pruebas nucleares nuclear testing;
    prueba de (la) paternidad paternity test;
    prueba de resistencia endurance test;
    la prueba del sida AIDS test;
    hacerse la prueba del sida to have an AIDS test;
    prueba de sonido sound check
    6. [trance] ordeal, trial;
    la distancia fue una dura prueba para su relación being separated really put their relationship to the test
    7. Dep event;
    la prueba de los 110 metros vallas the 110 metres hurdles;
    una prueba ciclista a cycling race
    prueba clásica classic;
    prueba de saltos [de equitación] show jumping (competition)
    8. Imprenta proof;
    corregir pruebas, hacer corrección de pruebas to proofread
    9. Fot prueba negativa negative;
    10. Am [ejercicio] acrobatic feat
    ♦ a prueba loc adj
    [trabajador] on probation; [producto comprado] on trial o approval;
    poner algo/a alguien a prueba to put sth/sb to the test;
    fe a toda prueba unshakeable faith;
    * * *
    f
    1 tb TIP proof;
    en prueba de as proof of;
    dar pruebas de prove, give proof of
    2 JUR piece of evidence;
    por falta de pruebas for lack of evidence
    3 DEP event
    4 EDU test;
    admisión entrance exam
    :
    a prueba de bala bulletproof;
    a prueba de agua waterproof;
    a prueba de aire airtight;
    a prueba de fuego fireproof;
    a prueba de choques shock-resistant;
    poner algo a prueba put sth to the test
    * * *
    prueba, etc. probar
    prueba nf
    1) : proof, evidence
    2) : trial, test
    3) : proof (in printing or photography)
    4) : event, qualifying round (in sports)
    5)
    a prueba de agua : waterproof
    6)
    prueba de fuego : acid test
    7)
    poner a prueba : to put to the test
    * * *
    1. (examen, análisis) test
    2. (en deportes) event
    3. (testimonio) proof
    poner a prueba to put to the test [pt. & pp. put]

    Spanish-English dictionary > prueba

  • 70 ALLR

    (öll, allt), a.
    1) all, entire, whole;
    hón á allan arf eptir mik, she has all the heritage after me;
    af öllum hug, with all (one’s) heart;
    hvítr allr, white all over;
    bú allt, the whole estate;
    allan daginn, the whole day;
    í allri veröld, in the whole world;
    allan hálfan mánuð, for the entire fortnight;
    with addition of ‘saman’;
    allt saman féit, the whole amount;
    um þenna hernað allan saman, all together;
    2) used almost adverbially, all, quite, entirely;
    klofnaði hann allr í sundr, he was all cloven asunder, kváðu Örn allan villast, that he was altogether bewildered;
    var Hrappr allr brottu, quite gone;
    allr annarr maðr, quite another man;
    3) gone, past;
    áðr þessi dagr er allr, before this day is past;
    var þá óll þeirra vinátta, their friendship was all over;
    allt er nú mitt megin, my strength is exhausted, gone;
    4) departed, dead (þá er Geirmundr var allr);
    5) neut. sing. (allt) used. as a subst. in the sense of all, everything;
    þá var allt (all, everybody) við þá hrætt;
    hér er skammætt allt, here everything is transient;
    with a compar. all the more (því öllu þungbærri);
    with gen., allt missera (= öll misseri), all the year round;
    allt annars, all the rest;
    at öllu annars, in all other respects;
    alls fyrst, first of all;
    alls mest, most of all;
    in adverbial phrases: at öllu, in all respects, in every way;
    í öllu, in everything;
    með öllu, wholly, quite;
    neita með öllu, to refuse outright;
    6) pl. allir (allar, öll), as adj. or substantively, all (þeir gengu út allir);
    ór öllum fjórðungum á landinu, from all the quarters of the land;
    allir aðrir, all others, every one else;
    flestir allir, nearly all, the greatest part of;
    gen. pl. (allra) as an intensive with superlatives, of all things, all the more;
    nú þykkir mér þat allra sýnst, er, all the more likely, as;
    allra helzt, er þeir heyra, particularly now when they hear;
    allra sízt, least of all.
    * * *
    öll, allt, and alt, adj. [Ulf. alls = πας, άπας, όλος; A. S. eall; Engl. and Germ. all].
    A. In sing. as adj. or substantively, cunctus, totus, omnis:
    I. all, entire, the whole; hón á allan arf eptir mik, she has all my heritage after me, Nj. 3; um alla þingsafglöpun, every kind of þ., 150; gaf hann þat allt, all, 101; at öllum hluta, in totum, Grág. i. 245; allr heilagr dómr, the whole body of Christians, ii. 165; á öllu því máli, Fms. vii. 311; allu fólki, thewhole people, x. 273; hvitr allr, white all over, 655 xxxii. 21; bú allt, thewhole estate, Grág. i. 244; fyrir allt dagsljós, before any dawn of light, Hom. 41: with the addition of saman = άπας—Icel. now in fem. sing. and n. pl. say öll sömun, and even n. sing. allt samant; in old writers saman is indecl.,—the whole, Germ. sänmtlich, zusammen; allt saman féit, thewhole amount, entire, Grág. ii. 148; þenna hernað allan saman, all together, Fms. i. 144; fyrir allan saman ójafnað þann, Sd. 157. Metaph. in the phrase, at vera ekki allr þar sem hann er sénn (séðr), of persons of deep, shrewd characters, not to be seen through, but also with a feeling of something ‘uncanny’ about them, Fms. xi. 157 (a familiar phrase); ekki er oil nótt úti enn, sagði draugrinn, the night is not all over yet, said the ghost, ‘the Ides are not past’ (a proverb), v. Ísl. Þjóðs.
    2. all, entire, full; allan hálfan mánuð, for the entire fortnight, Nj. 7; þar til er Kjartani þykir allt mál upp, until Kjartan thought it was high time, of one nearly (or) well-nigh drowned, Hkr. i. 286.
    II. metaph. past, gone, dead, extinct; perh. ellipt., vera allr í brottu, quite gone, Eb. 112 new Ed.; var Hrappr þá allr í brottu, Nj. 132; then by an ellipsis of ‘brottu,’ or the like, allr simply = past, gone:
    α. past, of time; seg þú svá fremi frá því er þessi dagr er allr, when this day is past, Nj. 96, Fms. ii. 38, 301; var þá öll þeirra vinátta, their friendship was all gone, Fms. ix. 428; allt er mi mitt megin, my strength is gone, exhausted, Str.
    β. dead; þá er Geirmundr var allr, gone, dead, Landn. (Hb.) 124; síz Gunnarr at Hlíðarenda var allr, since G. of Lithend was dead and gone (v. l. to lézt), Nj. 142; sem faðir þeirra væri allr, after his death, Stj. 127; þá er Nói var allr, 66; en sem hann var allr, 100; eptir þat er Sara var öll, after all Sara’s days were over, 139, 140, 405; á vegum allr hygg ek at at ek verða munu, that I shall perish on the way, Gg. verse 5; með því at þú ert gamlaðr mjök, þá munu þeir eigi út koma fyr en þú ert allr, Háv. 57; still freq. in Swed., e. g. blifwa all af bekumring, be worn out with sorrow; vinet blev alt, fell short; tiden er all, past.
    III. used almost adverbially, when it may be translated by all, quite, just, entirely; klofnaði hann allr í sundr, was all cloven asunder, Nj. 205; er sá nú allr einn í þínu liði er nú hefir eigi höfuðs, ok hinn, er þá eggiaði hins versta verks er eigi var fram komit, where it seems, however, rather to mean one and the same … or the very same …, thus, and he is now one and the same man in thy band, who has now lost his head, and he who then egged thee on to the worst work when it was still undone, or the very same, … who, Nj. 213; vil ek at sú görð häldist öll, in all its parts, 256; kváðu Örn allan villast, that he was all bewildered, Ld. 74.
    IV. neut. sing. used as a subst. in the sense of all, everything, in every respect; ok for svá með öllu, sem …, acted in everything as…, Nj. 14, Ld. 54; ok lát sem þú þykist þar allt eiga, that you depend upon him in all, Fms. xi. 113; eigi er enn þeirra allt, they have not yet altogether won the game, Nj. 235: í alls vesöld, in all misery, Ver. 4; alls mest, most of all, especially, Fms. ii. 137 C, Fs. 89 (in a verse); in mod. usage, allra mest, cp. below. The neut. with a gen.; allt missera, all the year round, Hom. 73; allt annars, all the rest, Grág. ii. 141; at öllu annars, in all other respects, K. Þ. K. 98; þá var allt (all, everybody) við þá hrætt, Fas. i. 338. In the phrases, at öllu, in all respects, Fms. i. 21, Grág. i. 431; ef hann á eigi at öllu framfærsluna, if he be not the sole supporter, 275: úreyndr at öllu, untried in every way, Nj. 90; cp. Engl. not at all, prop. not in every respect, analogous to never, prop. not always: fyrir alls sakir, in every respect, Grág. ii. 47, Fas. i. 252: í öllu, in everything, Nj. 90, 228: með öllu, wholly, quite, dauðr með öllu, quite dead, 153; neita með öllu, to refuse outright, Fms. i. 35, 232, Boll. 342: um allt, in respect of everything, Nj. 89; hence comes the adverb ávalt, ever = of allt = um allt, prop. in every respect, v. ávalt.
    V. the neut. sing. allt is used as an adv., right up to, as far as, all the way; Brynjólfr gengr allt at honum, close to him, Nj. 58; kómu allt at bænum, 79; allt at búðardyrunum, right up to the very door of the booth, 247; allt norðr urn Stað, all along north, round Cape Stad, Fms. vii. 7; suðr allt í Englands haf, iv. 329; verit allt út í Miklagarð, as far out as Constantinople, ii. 7, iv. 250, 25; allt á klofa, Bárð. 171.
    2. everywhere, in all places; at riki Eireks konungs mundi allt yfir standa í Eyjunum, might stretch over the whole of the Islands, Eg. 405; Sigröðr var konungr allt um Þrændalög, over all Drontheim, Fms. i. 19; bjoggu þar allt fyrir þingmenn Runólfs goða, the liegemen of R. the priest were in every house, ii. 234 ( = í hverju húsi, Bs. i. 20); allt norðr um Rogaland, all the way north over the whole of R., Fms. iv. 251; vóru svirar allt gulli búnir, all overlaid with gold, vi. 308; hafið svá allt kesjurnar fyrir, at ekki megi á ganga, hold your spears everywhere (all along the line) straight before you, that they (the enemy) may not come up to you, 413; allt imdir innviðuna ok stafnana, vii. 82.
    3. nearly = Lat. jam, soon, already; vóru allt komin fyrir hann bréf, warrants of arrest were already in his way, Fms. vii. 207; var allt skipat liðinu til fylkingar, the troops were at once drawn up in array, 295; en allt hugðum vér ( still we thought) at fara með spekt um þessi héruð, Boll. 346.
    4. temp. all through, until; allt til Júnsvöku, Ann. 1295; allt um daga Hákonar konungs, all through the reign of king Hacon, Bs. i. 731.
    5. in phrases such as, allt at einu, all one, all in the same way, Fms. i. 113. In Icel. at present allt að einu means all the same: allt eins, nevertheless; ek ætla þó utan a. eins, Ísl. ii. 216; hann neitaði allt eins at…, refused all the same, Dipl. iii. 13; allt eins hraustliga, not the less manly, Fms. xi. 443. The mod. Icel. use is a little different, namely = as, in similes = just as; allt eins og blómstrið eina (a simile), just as the flower, the initial words of the famous hymn by Hallgrim.
    6. by adding ‘of’ = far too …, much too …, Karl. 301 (now freq.)
    7. with a comparative, much, far, Fms. vi. 45 (freq.)
    VI. neut. gen. alls [cp. Ulf. allis = όλως; A. S. ealles], used as an adv., esp. before a negative (ekki, hvergi), not a bit, not at all, no how, by no means; þeir ugðu alls ekki at sér, they were not a bit afraid, Nj. 252; hræðumst vér hann nú alls ekki, we do not care a bit for him, 260; á hólmgöngu er vandi en alls ekki ( none at all) á einvigi, Korm. 84; en junkherra Eiríkr þóttist ekki hafa, ok kallaði sik Eirík alls ekki (cp. Engl. lackland), Fms. x. 160; alls hvergi skal sök koma undir enn þriðja mann, no how, in no case, by no means, Grág. i. 144: sometimes without a negative following it; ær alls geldar, ewes quite barren, Grág. i. 502; hafrar alls geldir, id.; alls vesall, altogether wretched, Nj. 124; alls mjök stærist hann nú, very much, Stj.; a. mest, especially, Fs. 89, Fms. ii. 137. In connection with numbers, in all, in the whole; tólf vóru þau alls á skipi, twelve were they all told in the ship, Ld. 142; tíu Íslenzkir menn alls, 164; alls fórust níu menn, the slain were nine in all, Ísl. ii. 385; verða alls sárir þrír eða fleiri, Grág. ii. 10; alls mánuð, a full month, i. 163; þeir ala eitt barn alls á aefi sinni, Rb. 346.
    β. with addition of ‘til’ or ‘of’ = far too much; alls of lengi, far too long a time, Fms. i. 140; hefnd alls til lítil, much too little, vi. 35.
    B. In pl. allir, allar, öll, as adj. or substantively:
    1. used absol. all; þeir gengu út allir, all men, altogether, Nj. 80; Síðan bjoggust þeir heiman allir, 212; Gunnarr reið ok beir allir, 48; hvikit þér allir, 78, etc.
    2. as adj., alla höfðingja, all the chiefs, Nj. 213; ór öllum fjórðungum á landinu, all the quarters of the land, 222; at vitni guðs ok allra heilagra manna, all the saints, Grág. ii. 22; í allum orrostum, in all the battles, Fms. x. 273; Josep ok allir hans ellifu bræðr, Stj., etc.
    3. by adding aðrir, flestir, etc.; allir aðrir, all other, everyone else, Nj. 89, Fms. xi. 135: flestir allir, nearly all, the greatest part of, v. flestr; in mod. use flestallir, flest being indecl.: allir saman, altogether, Nj. 80.
    4. adverb., Gregorius hafði eigi öll fjögr hundruð, not all, not quite, four hundred, Fms. vii. 255.
    5. used ellipt., allir ( everybody) vildu leita þér vegs, Nj. 78.
    6. gen. pl. allra, when followed by superl. neut. adj. or adv., of all things, all the more; en nú þyki mér þat allra sýnst er …, all the more likely, as …, Ld. 34; allra helzt er þeir heyra, particularly now when they hear, Fms. ix. 330; allra helzt ef hann fellr meir, all the rather, if …, Grág. ii. 8; allra sízt, least of all, 686 B. 2; bæn sú kemr til þess allra mest, especially, Hom. 149: very freq. at present in Icel., and used nearly as Engl. very, e. g. allra bezt, the very best; a. hæst, neðst, fyrst, the very highest, lowest, foremost, etc.
    C. alls is used as a prefix to several nouns in the gen., in order to express something common, general, universal.
    COMPDS: allsendis, allsháttar, allsherjar, allsherjarbúð, allsherjardómr, allsherjarfé, allsherjargoði, allsherjarlið, allsherjarlýðr, allsherjarlög, allsherjarþing, allskonar, allskostar, allskyns, allsstaðar, allsvaldandi, allrahanda, allraheilagra.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ALLR

  • 71 татуировка тюремная

    • "Баклан" (жаргонное слово, означающее "хулиган").—"Biff-guy" (the jargon for hoodlum, rowdy, street-tough).
    • "Верю в воровскую романтику".—"I believe in the romance of the underworld".
    • "Верю в свою фортуну". —"I believe in my fortune".
    • "Воровской крест", символ авторитета в среде заключенных.—The "thieves' cross", a symbol of authority with prison inmates. The inscription means "amen".
    • "Вот что нас губит".—"This is what we are ruined by".
    • "Завязал".—"Gone straight" (the jargon for "renounced a life of crime).
    • "Искушен с юных лет". —"Corrupted from my youth up".
    • "Мой бог — злой демон". —"My God is a malignant demon".
    • "Проигрался — плати!"—"If you lose at cards, pay your debt!"
    • "Смерть прокурору!" —"Death to prosecutor!"
    • "Смерть той, которая толкнула меня на преступление и предала". Число поленьев означает полученный срок.—"Death to the one who drove me to crime and than betrayed". The number of logs stands for a prison term in years.
    • 18 лет исполнилось в ВТК.—Came of age in a penitentiary for youths.
    • Вера в удачу. —Faith in good luck.
    • Все в жизни преходяще. —Everything in life is transient.
    • Всю жизнь за решеткой—All life long behind bars.
    • Долгое время занимался кражами и грабежами, неоднократно судим; "авторитет".—Engaged for a long time in larcenies and robberies, had several convictions; a "big" (the jargon for one who is a big shot in crime)
    • Жизнь тает как свеча. Туз треф — тюрьма, туз пик — надежда. Надпись на латыни — "жизнь коротка".—The life is melting away like a candle. The ace of clubs stands for prison, the ace of spades — for hope. The inscription in Latin means "the life is short".
    • Жить — значит бороться.—The inscription in Latin means "to live is to fight".
    • Знак дружбы до заключения.—A sign of friendship before imprisonment.
    • Карикатура на сотрудников правоохранительных органов. Иногда волк изображается в форме.—A cartoon of law-enforcement officers. The wolf sometimes appears uniformed.
    • Клятва мести.—A vow of vengeance.
    • Кровная месть. —Vendetta.
    • Купола означают число "ходок" (судимостей).—The domes stand for the number of "trips" (the jargon for convictions).
    • На преступление толкнула женщина.—Driven to crime by a woman. "УК" is the acronym for Penal Code.
    • Наполеон — авторитет в уголовном мире?—Napoleon — a man of authority with the underworld?
    • Начал воровать и грабить. —Began to steal and rob.
    • Обе татуировки имеют одинаковое значение: "было счастье, да черт унес". Подкова — символ удачи, заплата на мешке — тюремная решетка.—Both tattoos have the same meaning: "I had good fortune, but it was carried away by the devil". The horseshoe is a symbol of good luck, the patch on the bag stands for prison bars.
    • Осужден за убийство жены или родственника.—Convicted for the murder of the wife or a relative.
    • Отбывал срок на Севере.—Served time in the northern regions (the inscription means "North").
    • Оторван от жизни. —Cut off from life.
    • Символ борьбы за лидерство среди уголовников. Наносится на лопатках.—A symbol of fighting for leadership in the underworld. Drawn on the shoulder-blades.
    • Символ отрицательного отношения к работникам правоохранительных органов.—A symbol of negative attitude to law-enforcement officers.
    • Символ товарищества в местах лишения свободы—A symbol of comradeship in places of confinement. The inscription means "freedom".
    • Склонен к жестокости и насилию. Лица с такой татуировкой в ИТУ называются "бойцами".—Given to brutality and violence. The persons so tattooed are called "strong-arm men" in places of confinement.
    • Склонен к побегу из мест заключения.—Given to escape from places of confinement.
    • Склонен к разбоям и грабежам.—Given to hold-ups and robberies.
    • Судим за грабеж. —Convicted for robbery.
    • Татуировка пассивного гомосексуалиста. Наносится насильно (только на спине).—A tattoo of a passive homosexual. Made by force (only on the back).
    • Татуировки, характерные для наркоманов.—Distinctive tattoos of drug-addicts.
    • Тоска по дому, по воле. —Longing for home, for freedom.
    • Злая неволя отняла солнце, любовь, надежду.—The sun, love and hope were taken away by the evil captivity.
    • "Вафлер" (минетчик). Татуировка наносится насильно.—"Bone queen" (the jargon for a male homosexual fellator). The tattoo is made by force.
    • "По стопам любимого отца" (память о судимых родителях).—"Following in my dear father's footsteps" (in memory of convicted parents).
    • "Села на якорь" (осуждена к лишению свободы).—"Got the key" (the jargon for "sentenced to a term in prison").
    • "Сердцеедка". —A "man-killer".
    • "Тянул срок" (был в заключении).—"Laid in lavenders (the jargon for "served a term of imprisonment").
    • "Чухан" (грязный, опустившийся заключенный, презираемый сокамерниками).—"Crum" (the jargon for a dirty, degraded prisoner held in contempt by cellmates).
    • "Шестерка" (осужденный, прислуживающий сокамерникам).—"Gummy" (the jargon for a prisoner used by cellmates to run errands).
    • Ангелы — символ надежды.—The angels are a symbol of hope.
    • Была невинной, была свободной.—I was innocent, I was free.
    • В объятиях злой судьбы. —In the embrace of ill fate.
    • Верю в свою любовь. —I believe in my love.
    • За причиненное мне зло — отомщу!—I'll revenge the evil done to me!
    • Муза всегда в моей душе. —The Muse is always in my heart.
    • Наркоман. —A drug-addict.
    • Невинно осужденная. —Convicted without guilt.
    • Ожидание свободы, счастливой жизни.—In expectation of freedom and happy life.
    • Отбывала срок на чужбине (за пределами России).—Served time in a strange land (beyond the boundaries of Russia).
    • Отрицательно настроен к работникам правоохранительных органов.—A symbol of negative attitude to law-enforcement officers.
    • Отсидела срок "звонком" (отбыла наказание полностью).—"Maxed-out" (the jargon for "completed a maximum sentence without previously earning parole").
    • Память об умерших родителях.—In memory of the deceased parents.
    • Память об умерших родителях.—In memory of the deceased parents.
    • Пережила зло, предательство, любовь.—Gone through evil, betrayal, love.
    • Перстень несовершеннолетних преступников. "Свети вору, а не прокурору".—A finger-ring of juvenile delinquents. "Shine for thief, but not for prosecutor".
    • Погубила свекровь.—My life was ruined by Mother-in-law.
    • Рождена свободной. —Born free.
    • Семнадцать лет исполнилось в ВТК.—Turned seventeen at a penitentiary for youths.
    • Символ амнистии, снижения срока.—A symbol of amnesty or reduction in a prison term.
    • Символ любви. —A symbol of love.
    • Символ материнской любви и веры в будущее.—A symbol of motherly love and faith in the future.
    • Судим за грабеж. —Convicted for robbery.
    [m1 ]• Судим за изнасилование. —Convicted for rape.
    • Судим за кражу государственного или общественного имущества.—Convicted for theft of state or public property.
    • Судим за кражу, склонен к созданию группировок.—Convicted for larceny. Given to formation of gangs.
    • Судим за разбой. —Convicted for armed robbery.
    • Судим за убийство, нанесение тяжких телесных повреждений.—Convicted for murder or grievous bodily harm.
    • Судим за хулиганство. He поддается перевоспитанию.—Convicted for hooliganism. Unamenable to reforming.
    • Счастье было почти в руках. —Fortune was next my hand.
    • Татуировка наркоманок.—A tattoo of female drug-addicts.
    • Умею хранить тайну. —Able to keep a secret.
    • Я бандитка.—I am a gun-woman.
    -----------------

    English-Russian dictionary of the underworld > татуировка тюремная

  • 72 ever

    في أيّ وقت \ ever: (esp. in a negative sentence or a question) at any time: Nobody ever writes to me. Have you ever been to Rome? If you ever go there, you must see St. Peter’s cathedral. \ في أيّ وقت مَضَى \ ever: (in a comparative sentence) at any time: He’s working harder than ever. This is the best book I’ve ever read. \ في كل وقت \ ever: at all times; always: I shall stay there for ever. \ في وَقْتٍ من الأوقات \ ever: (esp. in a negative sentence or a question) at any time: Nobody ever writes to me. Have you ever been to Rome? If you ever go there, you must see St. Peter’s cathedral.

    Arabic-English glossary > ever

  • 73 ναί

    ναί particle denoting affirmation, agreement, or emphasis (Hom.+; POxy 1413, 7 al. in pap; LXX, TestSol, TestAbr; JosAs17:1 cod. A; ApcSed 3:2; ApcMos 17:1; EpArist 201 ναί, βασιλεῦ; Jos., Ant. 17, 169; Just.) yes, certainly, indeed, it’s true that
    ⓐ in answer to a question
    α. asked by another pers., yes (Ael. Aristid. 34 p. 663 D.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 4, 1 al.; Alexander Numenianus [time of Hadrian]: Rhet. Gr. ed. LSpengel III 1856 p. 24f: the answer to a question should be ναὶ ἢ οὔ; Ammonius Phil., In Int. p. 199, 21 ἀποκρίν. τὸ ναὶ ἢ τὸ οὔ; Sb 7696, 57 [250 A.D.]) Mt 9:28; 13:51; 17:25; 21:16; J 11:27; 21:15f; Ac 5:8; 22:27; GPt 10:42; Hs 9, 11, 8; GJs 19:1 codd.; AcPl Ha 5, 2 (restored).
    β. asked by one who answers: yes, indeed ναὶ λέγω ὑμῖν Mt 11:9; Lk 7:26 gives an affirmative answer to the question directed to the crowd, thereby confirming the correctness of the crowd’s opinion; the people are ‘on the right track’, but need further instruction.—If the question is put in negative form, the answer may be of course Ro 3:29 (cp. after negative assertion TestAbr A 17 p. 99, 9 [Stone p. 46]; ApcMos 17).
    ⓑ in declarations of agreement to the statements of others: certainly, indeed, quite so (Gen 42:21; Epict. 2, 7, 9 ναί, κύριε; Diod S 13, 26, 1 ναί, ἀλλά=indeed, but; Lucian, Jupp. Tr. 6 and 9 ναί. ἀλλὰ …) ναί, κύριε• καὶ γάρ certainly, Lord (or sir); and yet Mt 15:27; Mk 7:28 v.l. (but it may also mean an urgent repetition of the request: B-D-F §441, 1; AFridrichsen, ConNeot 1, ’36, 10–13; Athen. Tafel Elderkin 2 [III A.D.]: Hesperia 6, ’37, 383ff, ln. 7 a fervent invocation in prayer: ναὶ κύριε Τυφώς, ἐκδίκησον … καὶ βοήθησον αὐτῷ; PGM 1, 216 ναί, κύριε; cp. 36, 227); Hv 3, 3, 1; 4, 3, 1; m 6, 1, 1. Prob. Rv 14:13; 16:7; 22:20b v.l. belong here.
    ⓒ in emphatic repetition of one’s own statement yes (indeed) Mt 11:26; Lk 10:21; 11:51. ναὶ λέγω ὑμῖν, τοῦτον φοβήθητε yes, indeed, that’s the one to fear, I tell you 12:5.— Phlm 20; 14:1. The repetition can consist in the fact that one request preceded and a similar one follows ναὶ ἐρωτῶ καὶ σέ yes, and I ask you Phil 4:3.—1 Cl 60:3.
    ⓓ in solemn assurance (Herodas 1, 86 ναὶ Δήμητρα = by Demeter) ναὶ ἔρχομαι ταχύ surely I am coming soon Rv 22:20. ναί, ἀμήν so it is to be, assuredly so 1:7.
    ⓔ In wordplay ναί is used w. οὔ: ἤτω ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ ναί, καὶ τὸ οὒ οὔ let your ‘yes’ be yes, and your ‘no’ no i.e., the absolute dependability of your statements should make an oath unnecessary Js 5:12. But Mt 5:37 reads ἔστω ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ i.e., a clear ‘yes’, a clear ‘no’ and nothing more (ναί doubled also Archilochus [VII B.C.] 99 Diehl3; Alciphron 4, 13, 8; Theodor. Prodr. 8, 321 Hercher; PGM 1, 90; PMinear, NovT 13, ’71, 1–13). Yet many (B-D-F §432, 1; Wlh., EKlostermann, M‘Neile on Mt 5:37; CTorrey, The Four Gospels ’33, 291; ELittmann, ZNW 34, ’35, 23f) assume that Mt 5:37 has the same sense as Js 5:12; the Koridethi gosp. (ms. Θ) assimilates the text of the Mt pass. to the one in Js.—Paul denies that, in forming his plans, he has proceeded in such a way ἵνα ᾖ παρʼ ἐμοὶ τὸ ναὶ ναὶ καὶ τὸ οὒ οὔ that my ‘yes’ should at the same time be ‘no’ 2 Cor 1:17; cp. vs. 18. This is just as impossible as that in the gospel ναὶ καὶ οὔ ‘yes’ and ‘no’ are preached at the same time vs. 19a. Rather, in Jesus Christ there is only ‘yes’ vs. 19b to all the promises of God vs. 20.—EKutsch, Eure Rede aber sei ja ja, nein nein: EvTh ’60, 206–18.—DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ναί

  • 74 longtemps

    longtemps [lɔ̃tɑ̃]
    adverb
    • longtemps avant/après long before/after
    • j'ai fini depuis longtemps I finished a long time ago► ça fait or il y a longtemps que
    • ça fait or il y a longtemps qu'il habite ici he has been living here for a long time
    * * *
    lɔ̃tɑ̃
    1) [attendre, dormir etc] (for) a long time; (avec négation, dans question) (for) long

    tu en as pour longtemps/encore pour longtemps? — ( à te préparer) will you be long/much longer?

    il n'en a plus pour longtemps — ( à vivre) he won't last much longer

    longtemps avant/après — long before/after

    avant longtemps — ( d'ici peu) before long

    durer assez longtemps — ( suffisamment) to last long enough; ( une longue période) to last quite a long time

    2) (avec il y a, depuis, cela fait) ( marquant la continuité) (for) a long time, (for) long; ( quand l'action est terminée) a long time ago, long ago

    il y a or cela fait longtemps que je le connais, je le connais depuis longtemps — I've known him for a long time

    il ne travaille pas ici depuis longtemps, il n'y a pas longtemps qu'il travaille ici — he hasn't worked ou been working here (for) long

    * * *
    lɔ̃tɑ̃ adv
    for a long time, for long, a long time, long

    J'ai attendu longtemps chez le dentiste. — I waited a long time at the dentist's., I waited for a long time at the dentist's.

    Ça ne va pas durer longtemps. — It won't last long., It won't last for long.

    On a cru pendant longtemps que la Terre était plate. — For a long time people thought the Earth was flat.

    en avoir pour longtemps; Il en a pour longtemps. — He'll be a long time.

    Je n'en ai pas pour longtemps. — I won't be long.

    Il a mis longtemps à répondre à ma lettre. — He took a long time to answer my letter.

    il y a longtemps...; Il y a longtemps que je travaille. — I've been working for a long time., I've been working a long time

    il n'y a pas longtemps que...; Il n'y a pas longtemps que je l'ai rencontré. — I met him not long ago.

    * * *
    longtemps adv
    1 [attendre, dormir etc] (for) a long time; (avec négation, dans question) (for) long; j'y ai vécu longtemps I lived there for a long time; il n'a pas mis longtemps, ça ne lui a pas pris longtemps it didn't take him long; il t'a fallu longtemps? did it take you long?; malade pendant longtemps ill for a long time; (pendant) longtemps j'ai cru que for a long time, I believed (that); X, longtemps détenu/ministre,… X, who was in prison/a minister for a long time,…; ils ne se sont pas vus pendant longtemps they didn't see each other for a long time; partir pour longtemps to go away for a long time; tu en as pour longtemps/encore pour longtemps? ( à te préparer) will you be long/much longer?; il n'en a plus pour longtemps ( à vivre) he won't last much longer; prévoir qch longtemps à l'avance to plan sth a long time ahead; longtemps avant/après long before/after; avant longtemps ( d'ici peu) before long; pas avant longtemps not for a long time; on ne le saura pas de longtemps we won't know for a long time; j'ai attendu trop longtemps I waited too long; je peux le garder plus longtemps? can I keep it a bit longer?; plus longtemps que prévu longer than anticipated; durer assez longtemps ( suffisamment) to last long enough; ( une longue période) to last quite a long time; aussi longtemps qu'il le faudra as long as necessary; on te revoit dans longtemps○? will it be long before we see you again?; une lettre/visite longtemps attendue a long-awaited letter/visit;
    2 (avec il y a, depuis, cela fait etc) ( marquant la continuité) (for) a long time, (for) long; ( quand l'action est terminée) a long time ago, long ago; il y a or cela fait longtemps que je le connais, je le connais depuis longtemps I've known him for a long time; il ne travaille pas ici depuis longtemps, il n'y a pas longtemps qu'il travaille ici he hasn't worked ou been working here (for) long; ça fait or il y a longtemps que tu attends? have you been waiting long?; il y a or voilà or ça fait longtemps qu'il n'a pas téléphoné he hasn't phoned for ages ou a long time, it's (been) a long time ou ages since he phoned; il n'y a plus longtemps à attendre there's not long to wait now, it won't be much longer now; il est mort depuis longtemps, cela fait or il y a or voilà longtemps qu'il est mort he died a long time ago, he's been dead a long time; il ne conduisait plus depuis longtemps he had stopped driving ages ago ou long before then; il n'y a pas si longtemps c'était encore possible it was still possible until quite recently.
    [lɔ̃tɑ̃] adverbe
    1. [exprimant une durée] for a long time
    on a longtemps pensé que... it was long thought that..., it was thought for a long time that...
    il faut longtemps pour... it takes a long time ou a while to...
    pas de longtemps ou d'ici longtemps not for a (long) while ou long time
    mettre ou prendre longtemps to take a while ou a long time
    en avoir pour longtemps: je n'en ai pas pour longtemps I won't be long, it won't take me long
    a. [pour finir] he won't be much longer
    b. [à vivre] he won't last much longer, he's not got much longer to live
    d'ici à ce qu'il pleuve, il n'y en a pas pour longtemps! (familier) it won't be long till the rain starts!
    ça va durer (encore) longtemps, oui? is this going to go on for much longer?, have you quite finished?
    longtemps avant long ou a long time before (that), much earlier
    longtemps après much later, long after (that), a long time after (that)
    2. [avec 'il y a', 'depuis']
    il y a longtemps (de ça) ages ou a long time ago
    il y a longtemps ou cela fait longtemps que je l'ai lu it's been a long time since I read it
    il y a ou cela fait longtemps que je ne l'ai pas vu it's a long time ou ages since I saw him
    tiens, il y avait longtemps!
    a. (familier) [qu'on ne t'avait pas vu] long time no see!
    b. [que tu n'avais pas parlé de ça] here we go again!

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > longtemps

  • 75 -A

    or -AT or -T, a negative suffix to verbs, peculiar to Iceland and a part, at least, of Norway. Occurs frequently in old Icelandic poetry and laws, so as almost to form a complete negative voice. In the 1st pers. a personal pronoun k (g) = ek is inserted before the negative suffix, in the 2nd pers. a t or tt. As a rule the pron. as thus repeated; má-k-at-ek, non possum; sé-k-at-ek, non video; hef-k-at-ek, non habeo; skal-k-at-ek; vil-k-at-ek, nolo; mon-k-at-ek, non ero, etc.: 2nd pers. skal-t-at-tu; mon-t-at-tu; gaf-t-at-tu, non dabas: and after a long vowel a tt, mátt-at-tu, sátt-at-tu; so almost invariably in all monosyllabic verbal forms; but not so in bisyllabic ones, máttir-a-þú, non poteras: yet in some instances in the 1st pers. a pronominal g is inserted, e. g. bjargi-g-a-k, verbally servem ego non ego; höggvi-g-a-k, non cædam; stöðvi-g-a-k, quin sistam; vildi-g-a-k, nolui; hafði-g-a-k, non babui; mátti-g-a-k, non potui; görði-g-a-k, non feci: if the verb has gg as final radical consonants, they change into kk, e. g. þikk-at-ek = þigg-k-at-ek, nolo accipere. In the 3rd pers. a and at or t are used indifferently, t being particularly suffixed to bisyllabic verbal flexions ending in a vowel, in order to avoid an hiatus,—skal-at or skal-a, non erit; but skolo-t, non sunto: forms with an hiatus, however, occur,—bíti-a, non mordat; renni-a, ne currat; skríði-a, id.; leti-a, ne retardet; væri-a, ne esset; urðu-a, non erant; but bíti-t, renni-t, skríði-t, urðu-t are more current forms: v. Lex. Poët. The negative suffix is almost peculiar to indic., conj., and imperat. moods; the neg. infin. hardly occurs. Nothing analogous to this form is to be found in any South-Teutonic idiom; neither do there remain any traces of its having been used in Sweden or Denmark. A single exception is the Runic verse on a stone monument in Öland, an old Danish province, now Swedish, where however the inscriptions may proceed from a Norse or Icel. hand. The Runic inscriptions run thus, sa’r aigi flo, who did not fly, old Icel. ‘flo-at,’ Baut. 1169. Neither does it occur in any Norse prose monuments (laws): but its use may yet be inferred from its occurrence in Norse poets of the 10th century, e. g. the poets Eyvind and Thiodolf; some of which instances, however, may be due to their being transmitted through Icel. oral tradition. In Bragi Gamli (9th century) it occurs twice or thrice; in the Haustlöng four times, in Ynglingatal four times, in Hákonarmál once (all Norse poems of the 10th century). In Icel. the suffixed negation was in full force through the whole of the 10th century. A slight difference in idioms, however, may be observed: Völuspá, e. g., prefers the negation by né (using vas-at only once, verse 3). In the old Hávamal the suffix abounds (being used thirty-five times), see the verses 6, 10, 11, 18, 26, 29, 30, 34, 37–39, 49, 51, 52, 68, 74, 88, 113–115, 126–128, 130, 134, 136, 147, 149, 151, 153, 159. In Skírnismál, Harbarðsljóð, Lokasenna—all these poems probably composed by the same author, and not before the 10th century—about thirty times, viz. Hbl. 3, 4, 8, 14, 26, 35, 56; Skm. 5, 18, 22; Ls. 15, 16, 18, 25, 28, 30, 36, 42, 47, 49, 56, 60, 62. Egil (born circa 900, died circa 990) abounds in the use of the suffixed neg. (he most commonly avails himself of -at, -gi, or né): so, too, does Hallfred (born circa 968, died 1008), Einar Skálaglam in Vellekla (circa 940–995), and Thorarin in the Máhlíðingavísur (composed in the year 981); and in the few epigrams relating to the introduction of Christianity in Icel. (995–1000) there occur mon-k-að-ek, tek-k-at-ek, vil-k-at-ek, hlífði-t, mon-a, es-a; cp. the Kristni S. and Njala. From this time, however, its use becomes more rare. Sighvat (born circa 995, died 1040) still makes a frequent but not exclusive use of it. Subsequent poets use it now and then as an epic form, until it disappeared almost entirely in poetry at the middle or end of the 13th century. In the Sólarljóð there is not a single instance. The verses of some of our Sagas are probably later than the Sagas themselves; the greatest part of the Völsungakviður are scarcely older than the 11th century. In all these -at and conj. eigi are used indifferently. In prose the laws continued to employ the old forms long after they were abolished in common prose. The suffixed verbal negation was used,
    α. in the delivering of the oath in the Icel. Courts, esp. the Fifth Court, instituted about the year 1004; and it seems to have been used through the whole of the Icel. Commonwealth (till the year 1272). The oath of the Fifth (High) Court, as preserved in the Grágás, runs in the 1st pers., hefka ek fé borit í dóm þenna til liðs mér um sök þessa, ok ek monka bjóða, hefka ek fundit, ok monka ek finna, hvárki til laga né ólaga, p. 79; and again p. 81, only different as to ek hefka, ek monka (new Ed.): 3rd pers., hefirat hann fé; borit í dóm þenna ok monat hann bjóða, ok hefirat hann fundit, ok monat hann tinna, 80, 81; cp. also 82, and Nj. l. c. ch. 145, where it is interesting to observe that the author confounds the ist and 3rd persons, a sign of decay in grammatical form.
    β. the Speaker (lögsögumaðr), in publicly reciting and explaining the law, and speaking in the name of the law, from the Hill of Laws (lögberg), frequently employed the old form, esp. in the legal words of command es and skal (yet seldom in plur.): erat in the dictatorial phrases, erat skyldr (skylt), non esto obligatus; erat landeigandi skyldr, Grág. (Kb.) i. 17; erat hinn skyldr, 21; yngri maðr era skyldr at fasta, 35; enda erat honum þá skylt at …, 48; erat þat sakar spell, 127; era hinn þá skyldr at lýsa, 154; erat hann framar skyldr sakráða, 216; ok erat hann skyldr at ábyrgjask þat fé, 238; ok erat hann skyldr, id.; ok erat sakar aðili ella skyldr, ii. 74; erat hinn skyldr við at taka, 142; erat manni skylt at taka búfé, 143; enda erat heimting til fjár þess, 169; era hann þá skyldr at taka við í öðru fé nema hann vili, 209; ok erat þeim skylt at tíunda fé sitt, 211; ok erat hann skyldr at gjalda tíund af því, 212; erat kirkjudrottinn þá skyldr, 228; ef hann erat landeigandi, i. 136. Skalat: skalat maðr eiga fó óborit, i. 23; skalat homum þat verða optar en um siun, 55; skalat maðr ryðja við sjálfan sik, 62; skalat hann þat svá dvelja, 68; skalat hann til véfangs ganga, 71; skalat aðilja í stefnuvætti hafa, 127; ok skala hann gjalda fyrir þat, 135; ok skalat hann með sök fara, 171; enda skalat hann fleirum baugum bœta, 199; skalat hann skilja félagit, 240; skalat hann meiri skuld eiga en, ii. 4; skalat þeim meðan á brott skipta, 5; skalat hann lögvillr verða, svá, 34; skalat hon at heldr varðveita þat fé, 59; í skalat enn sami maðr þar lengr vera, 71; ok skala honum bæta þat, 79; skalat fyl telja, 89; skalat hann banna fiskför, 123; skalat hann lóga fé því á engi veg, 158; skalat drepa þá menn, 167; skalat svá skipta manneldi, 173; skalat maðr reiðast við fjórðungi vísu, 183. Plur.: skolut menn andvitni bera ok hér á þingi, i. 68; skolut mál hans standast, 71; skolut þeir færi til vefangs ganga en, 75, etc. etc. Other instances are rare: tekrat þar fé er eigi er til (a proverb), i. 9; ok um telrat þat til sakbóta, ok of telrat þá til sakbóta ( it does not count), 178; ef hann villat ( will not) lýsa sár sitt, 51; ok ræðrat hann öðrum mönnum á hendr þann úmaga, 248; ræðrat sá sínum ómögum á hendr, ii. 18; verðrat honum at sakarspelli and verðrat honum þat at s., i. 63; verðrat honum þat at sakarvörn, 149; kömrat hann öðru við, ii. 141; þarfat hann bíða til þess, i. 70; ok skilrat hann frá aðra aura, ii. 141, i. 136. Reflexive form: kömskat hann til heimtingar um þat fé, he loses the claim to the money, ii. 180, etc. All these instances are taken from the Kb. (Ed. 1853). Remarkable is also the ambiguity in the oath of Glum (see Sir Edm. Head, Viga-Glum, pp. 102, 103, note, I. c.), who, instead of the plain common formal oath—vask-at-ek þar, vák-at-ek þar, rauðk-at-ek þar odd ok egg—said, vask at þar, vák at þar, rauðk at þar. He inverted the sense by dropping the intermediate pronominal ek between the verb and þar, and pronouncing ‒ ‒́ instead of ‒́ ⏑. It further occurs in some few proverbs: varat af vöru, sleikði um þvöru, Fs. 159; veldrat sá er varir, Nj. 61 (now commonly ekki veldr sá er v., so in Grett.); erat héra at borgnara þótt hœna beri skjöld, Fms. vii. 116; era hlums vant kvað refr, dró hörpu á ísi, 19: also in some phrases, referred to as verba ipsissima from the heathen age—erat vinum líft Ingimundar, Fs. 39; erat sjá draumr minni, Ld. 128. Thorodd employs it twice or thrice: því at ek sékk-a þess meiri þörf, because í do not see any more reason for this, Skálda 167; kannka ek til þess meiri ráð en lítil, I do not know, id.; mona ( will not) mín móna ( my mammy) við mik göra verst hjóna, 163. In sacred translations of the 12th century it occurs now and then. In the Homilies and Dialogues of Gregory the Great: monatþu í því flóði verða, thou shalt not; esa þat undarligt þótt, it is not to be wondered at; hann máttia sofna, he could not sleep; moncaþ ek banna, I shall not mind, Greg. 51, 53; vasal kall heyrt á strætum, was not, Post. 645. 84; nú mona fríðir menn hér koma, Niðrst. 623. 7. In later writers as an archaism; a few times in the Al. (MS. A. M. 519), 3, 5, 6, 44, 108; and about as many times in the MS. Eirspennill (A. M. 47, fol.) [Etymon uncertain; that at is the right form may be inferred from the assimilation in at-tu, and the anastrophe in t, though the reason for the frequent dropping of the t is still unexplained. The coincidence with the Scottish dinna, canna is quite accidental.]

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > -A

  • 76 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

    Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:
    IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis
    JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association
    SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)
    PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly
    WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)
    PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)
    \
    О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts
    \
    1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.
    2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.
    3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.
    5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.
    6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.
    7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.
    8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.
    9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.
    10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.
    11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.
    12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.
    15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.
    16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.
    17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.
    18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.
    19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.
    20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.
    21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.
    22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.
    23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.
    24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.
    25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.
    27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.
    28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.
    29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.
    31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.
    32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.
    33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.
    34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.
    36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.
    37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.
    38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.
    39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.
    40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.
    41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).
    42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.
    43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.
    44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.
    45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.
    47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.
    48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.
    49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.
    50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.
    51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.
    52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.
    53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.
    54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.
    55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.
    56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.
    57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.
    58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.
    59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.
    60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.
    61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.
    62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.
    63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.
    64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.
    65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.
    66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.
    67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.
    68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.
    69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.
    70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.
    71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.
    72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.
    73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.
    74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.
    75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.
    76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.
    77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).
    78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.
    79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.
    80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.
    81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.
    82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.
    83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.
    85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.
    86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.
    88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.
    89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.
    90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.
    91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.
    92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.
    93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.
    94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.
    95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.
    96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.
    98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.
    99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.
    100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.
    101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.
    102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.
    103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.
    104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.
    105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.
    106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.
    107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.
    110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.
    111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.
    112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.
    114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.
    116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.
    117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.
    119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.
    120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.
    121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.
    122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.
    123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.
    125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.
    126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.
    127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.
    128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.
    130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.
    133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.
    134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.
    136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.
    137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.
    140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.
    141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.
    142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.
    143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.
    144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.
    145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.
    147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.
    148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.
    149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.
    151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.
    152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.
    153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.
    154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.
    155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.
    156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.
    157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.
    158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.
    159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.
    161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.
    162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.
    164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.
    165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.
    166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.
    167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.
    168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.
    170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.
    171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.
    172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.
    173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.
    174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.
    175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.
    176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.
    177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.
    178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.
    179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.
    180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.
    181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.
    183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.
    184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.
    185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.
    186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.
    187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.
    188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.
    189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.
    190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.
    192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.
    193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.
    195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.
    196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.
    198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.
    199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.
    200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.
    201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.
    202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.
    203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.
    204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.
    205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.
    207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.
    208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.
    210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.
    211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.
    212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.
    214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.
    215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.
    216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.
    218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.
    219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.
    220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.
    221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.
    222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.
    223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.
    224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.
    225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.
    227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.
    228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.
    229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.
    230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).
    231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.
    232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.
    233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.
    235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.
    236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.
    237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.
    238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.
    240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.
    241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.
    242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.
    243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.
    244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).
    245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.
    246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.
    247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.
    248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.
    249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.
    250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.
    251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.
    252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.
    253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.
    254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.
    255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.
    256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.
    257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.
    258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.
    259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.
    260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.
    261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.
    262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.
    263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.
    264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.
    265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.
    266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.
    267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.
    268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.
    270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.
    271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.
    272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.
    273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.
    274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.
    275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.
    276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.
    277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.
    278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.
    279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.
    280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.
    281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.
    282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.
    283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.
    284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.
    285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.
    286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.
    287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.
    288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.
    289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.
    290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.
    292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.
    293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.
    294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.
    295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.
    296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.
    297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.
    298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.
    299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.
    300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.
    301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.
    302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.
    303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.
    304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.
    305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.
    306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.
    308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.
    309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.
    310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.
    311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.
    312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.
    313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.
    314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.
    315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.
    316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.
    317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.
    318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.
    319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.
    320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.
    321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.
    322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.
    323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.
    324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.
    326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.
    327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.
    328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.
    330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.
    331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.
    332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.
    335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.
    336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.
    337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.
    338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.
    339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).
    341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.
    342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).
    345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.
    346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.
    347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.
    348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.
    349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.
    350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.
    354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.
    355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.
    356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.
    357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.
    358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.
    359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.
    360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).
    365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.
    366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.
    367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.
    369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.
    371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.
    372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.
    373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.
    374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.
    375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.
    376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.
    377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.
    379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.
    380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.
    381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.
    383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.
    384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.
    385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.
    386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.
    387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.
    390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.
    391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.
    392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).
    396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.
    397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.
    399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.
    401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.
    402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.
    403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.
    404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.
    405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.
    406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.
    407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.
    409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).
    410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.
    411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.
    412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.
    414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.
    415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.
    416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.
    417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.
    418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.
    421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.
    422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.
    423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.
    424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.
    425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.
    426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).
    427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.
    428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.
    429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.
    430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.
    432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.
    433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.
    434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.
    435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.
    436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.
    437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.
    438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.
    439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.
    440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.
    441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).
    442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.
    443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.
    444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.
    445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.
    447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.
    449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.
    450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.
    451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.
    455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.
    457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.
    458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.
    459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.
    460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.
    461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.
    462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.
    464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.
    465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.
    466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.
    467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.
    468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.
    469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.
    471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.
    473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.
    474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.
    475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.
    476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.
    477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.
    478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.
    479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.
    480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.
    481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.
    482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.
    483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.
    484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.
    485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.
    486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.
    487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).
    488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.
    489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.
    490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.
    491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.
    492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.
    493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.
    494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.
    495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.
    498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.
    499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.
    502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.
    503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.
    504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.
    505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.
    506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.
    507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.
    508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.
    510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.
    511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.
    512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.
    514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.
    516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.
    517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.
    518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.
    521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.
    522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.
    524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.
    525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.
    526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.
    527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.
    529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.
    530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.
    531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.
    532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.
    533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.
    534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.
    535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.
    536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.
    538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.
    539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.
    540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.
    541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.
    543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.
    544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.
    545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.
    546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).
    547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.
    548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.
    549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.
    550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.
    551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.
    552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.
    553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.
    554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.
    555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.
    556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.
    558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.
    560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.
    561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.
    562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.
    564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.
    565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.
    566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.
    567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.
    568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.
    569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.
    570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.
    571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.
    572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.
    573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
    576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.
    577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.
    578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.
    579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.
    580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.
    581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.
    582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.
    585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.
    586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.
    589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.
    590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.
    591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.
    592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.
    593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.
    595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.
    596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.
    597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.
    598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.
    599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.
    600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.
    601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.
    602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.
    604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.
    606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
    607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).
    608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.
    609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.
    610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
    611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.
    612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.
    613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.
    614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.
    615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.
    617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.
    618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.
    621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.
    623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.
    624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.
    626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.
    627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.
    628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.
    629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.
    631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.
    633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.
    634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.
    635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.
    636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.
    637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.
    638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.
    639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.
    640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.
    642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.
    644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.
    645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.
    646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.
    647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.
    648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.
    649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.
    650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.
    652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.
    653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.
    654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.
    655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.
    656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.
    657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.
    659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.
    660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.
    661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.
    663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.
    665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.
    666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.
    667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.
    668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.
    671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.
    672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.
    674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.
    675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.
    676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.
    677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.
    678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.
    679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.
    681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.
    682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.
    684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.
    685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.
    686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.
    687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.
    688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.
    690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.
    691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.
    692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.
    693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.
    695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.
    696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.
    697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.
    698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.
    699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.
    700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.
    702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.
    703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.
    704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.
    706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.
    707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.
    708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.
    709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.
    711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.
    712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.
    713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.
    714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.
    715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.
    716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.
    717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.
    718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.
    719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.
    721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.
    722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.
    723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.
    724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.
    725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.
    726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.
    727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.
    728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.
    729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.
    731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).
    733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.
    734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.
    735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.
    736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.
    737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.
    738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.
    739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.
    740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.
    741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.
    742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.
    743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.
    744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.
    745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.
    746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.
    747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.
    750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.
    751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.
    752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.
    753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.
    754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.
    755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.
    756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.
    757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.
    759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.
    760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.
    762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.
    763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.
    764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.
    765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.
    766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.
    768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.
    769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.
    770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.
    771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.
    772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.
    773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.
    774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.
    775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.
    776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.
    777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.
    778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.
    779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.
    780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.
    781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.
    782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.
    783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.
    784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.
    785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.
    787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.
    788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.
    789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.
    790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.
    791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.
    792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.
    793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.
    794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.
    795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.
    796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.
    797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.
    798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.
    799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.
    800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.
    801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.
    802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.
    803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.
    806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.
    807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.
    808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.
    809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.
    810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.
    812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.
    813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.
    814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.
    815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.
    816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.
    817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.
    818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.
    819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.
    820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).
    821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.
    822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.
    823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.
    824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.
    825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.
    826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.
    828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.
    829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.
    830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.
    831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.
    832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.
    833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.
    834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.
    835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.
    836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.
    837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.
    838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.
    839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.
    840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.
    841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.
    842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.
    843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.
    845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.
    847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.
    848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.
    849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).
    850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.
    852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.
    853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.
    854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.
    855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).
    856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.
    857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.
    858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.
    862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).
    864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.
    865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.
    866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.
    867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.
    868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.
    869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.
    870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.
    871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.
    872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.
    873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.
    874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.
    875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.
    876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.
    877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.
    878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.
    879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.
    880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.
    881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.
    882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.
    883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.
    884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.
    885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).
    886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.
    887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.
    888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).
    889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.
    891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.
    892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.
    894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.
    895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.
    897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.
    898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.
    899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.
    900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.
    901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.
    902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.
    903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.
    904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.
    905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

    Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

  • 77 tam

    tam, adv. [orig. acc. fem. of the demonstrative root ta-; cf.: tum, tamen], correlative of quam, so, so much, as.
    I.
    As comparative adverb, demonstrative with correlative quam, introducing comparative clauses of like intensity.
    A.
    As adjunct of adjectives or participles the intensity of which is expressed by a comparative clause, tam... quam = as... as; negatively, non (neque, nihil, etc.) tam... quam = not so... as.
    1.
    In comparison between two adjj.:

    tam esse clemens tyrannus quam rex importunus potest,

    a tyrant may be as mild as a king may be harsh, Cic. Rep. 1, 33, 50 (B. and K. bracket rex):

    non tam solido quam splendido nomine,

    id. Fin. 1, 18, 61:

    tam culpae hostium justus existimator quam gloriosus victor,

    Val. Max. 3, 8, 1:

    adjuro, tam me tibi vera referre Quam veri majora fide,

    things as true as they are beyond belief, Ov. M. 3, 659:

    quorum vires quam repentinae tam breves,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 7, 2.—Negatively:

    non enim tam praeclarum est scire Latine quam turpe nescire,

    Cic. Brut. 37, 140:

    ut illa... non tam mirabilia sunt, quam conjecta belle,

    id. Div. 2, 31, 66; 2, 36, 76: nec tam Turpe fuit vinci [p. 1836] quam contendisse decorum est, Ov. M. 9, 5. —Tam preceded by comp. clause:

    maximeque eam pestilentiam insignem mors quam matura tam acerba M. Furi fecit,

    Liv. 7, 1, 8:

    quam magni nominis bellum est, tam difficilem existimaritis victoriam fore,

    id. 21, 43, 11:

    donec quam felices seditiones, tam honorati seditionum auctores essent,

    id. 4, 2, 4. —
    2.
    In a comparison between degrees of intensity, etc., of the same adjective.
    a.
    As in relative clauses, the adjective repeated (so esp. in Plaut.;

    not repeated in English): tam liquidus est quam liquida tempestas esse solet,

    as serene as the weather is wont to be, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 64:

    quam placida'st aqua,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 165:

    tam frictum ego illum reddam quam frictum est cicer,

    id. Bacch. 4, 4, 7.—Negatively:

    nemo orator tam multa scripsit quam multa sunt nostra,

    Cic. Or. 30, 168:

    tametsi non tam multum in istis rebus intellego quam multa vidi,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 43, § 94.—
    b.
    The adjective not repeated.
    (α).
    The terms of comparison being nouns or pronouns:

    tam ego fui ante liber quam gnatus tuus ( = quam liber gnatus tuus est),

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 60:

    fieret corium tam maculosum quam est nutricis pallium,

    id. Bacch. 3, 3, 30:

    tam mihi mea vita quam tua Tibi cara est,

    id. Cas. 3, 6, 43:

    ni illam mihi tam tranquillam facis quam mare est,

    id. Poen. 1, 2, 145:

    tam crebri ad terram decidebant quam pira,

    id. ib. 2, 38:

    tam excoctam reddam atque atram quam carbo'st,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 63:

    quom fervit maxume, tam placidum (eum) quam ovem reddo,

    id. ib. 4, 1, 18:

    tam sum misericors quam vos, tam mitis quam qui lenissimus,

    Cic. Sull. 31, 87:

    tam gratum mihi id erit quam quod gratissimum,

    id. Fam. 13, 3:

    nulla ingenia tam prona ad invidiam sunt quam eorum qui genus ac fortunam suam animis non aequant,

    Liv. 45, 22:

    nihil est tam violentum quam magna vis aquae,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 30, 6:

    (cum sit) tam aurum et argentum quam aes Corinthium ( = cum aurum et argentum tam sit Corinthium quam aes),

    Quint. 8, 2, 8:

    (ira) tam inutilis animi minister est quam miles qui signum receptui neglegit,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 9, 2.—

    Negatively: neque opes nostrae tam sunt validae quam tuae,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 20:

    nihil esse tam detestabile tamque pestiferum quam voluptatem,

    Cic. Sen. 12, 41:

    neque tam condenso corpore nubes esse queunt quam sunt lapides, neque autem tam tenues quam nebulae,

    Lucr. 6, 101.—Virtually negative:

    quod enim tam infidum mare quam blanditiae principum? ( = nullum tam infidum mare, etc.),

    Plin. Pan. 66. — With comp. pregn. (very rare): istam dextram non tam in bellis et proeliis quam in promissis et fide firmiorem, i. e. whose superior trustworthiness is not so much in wars, etc., Cic. Deiot. 3, 8:

    vectigal ex agro eorum capimus, quod nobis non tam fructu jucundius est, quam ultione,

    Liv. 28, 39, 13. —
    (β).
    With quam in subst.-clause:

    quicquid mali hic Pisistratus non fecerit, tam gratum est quam si alium facere prohibuerit,

    Cic. Att. 8, 16, 2.—Negatively:

    juris interpretatio, quae non tam mihi molesta sit propter laborem quam quod dicendi cogitationem auferat,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 4, 12. —

    Virtually negative: quid autem tam exiguum quam est munus hoc eorum qui consuluntur?

    Cic. Leg. 1, 4, 14.—
    (γ).
    With quam in adverb.-clause:

    cupam facito tam crassam quam modioli postulant,

    Cato, R. R. 21, 1:

    si era mea sciat tam socordem esse quam sum,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 5:

    tua est imago: tam consimili'st quam potest,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 4:

    sororem tam similem quam lacte lacti est,

    id. Mil. 2, 2, 87.—
    B.
    Tam with advv.: tam... quam = as ( so)... as; negatively = not so... as.
    1.
    Comparing an adv. with another adv. or adverb. clause: satin' istuc mihi exquisitum est...? Ar. Tam satis quam numquam hoc invenies secus, with as full certainty as that you will never find this otherwise, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 106.—Virtually negative:

    quis umquam obeundi negotii studio tam brevi tempore tot loca adire potuit, quam celeriter Cn. Pompejo duce tanti belli impetus navigavit?

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 34. —After quam:

    nam dictaturam quam pertinaciter ei deferebat populus, tam constanter repulit,

    Vell. 2, 89, 5 (the repetition of the adverb is especially frequent in tam diu... quam diu; v. tamdiu).—
    2.
    The adverb understood after quam: sed tu novisti fidicinam? Tr. Tam facile quam me (quam facile me novi), Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 72:

    tam facile vinces quam pirum volpes comest,

    id. Most. 3, 1, 26:

    tam hercle certe quam ego ted, ac tu me vides,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 77:

    tam audacter (ibis intro) quam domum ad te,

    id. Truc. 1, 2, 109:

    tam facile quam tu arbitraris,

    Cic. Div. 1, 6, 10:

    tam cito evertetur quam navis, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:

    nihil tam cito redditur quam a speculo imago,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 4, 2. —

    Negatively: (ira) quia non tam cito in alium quam vult erumpit,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 19, 4.—Virtually negative (very freq.):

    quasi vero quidquam sit tam valde, quam nihil sapere, vulgare,

    Cic. Div. 2, 39, 81. — With sup. adv.: quam potes tam verba confer maxime ad compendium = as much as you can (hence the idiomatic expression: quam maxime = as much as possible), Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 184. —
    C.
    With verbs: tam... quam = as much... as, as well... as; negatively: non tam... quam, not so much... as.
    1.
    One verb compared with another:

    nam quod edit tam duim quam perduim,

    for what he can eat I would give as much as lose, Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 6:

    vellem tam domestica ferre possem quam ista contemnere,

    Cic. Att. 13, 20, 4:

    utinam tam non pigeat ista facere quam non displicebit,

    Quint. 2, 5, 17:

    Tyrus et ipsa tam movetur quam diluitur,

    Sen. Q. N. 6, 26, 5.—Negatively:

    fit quoque enim interdum ut non tam concurrere nubes frontibus adversis possint quam de latere ire,

    Lucr. 6, 115.—
    2.
    The same verb repeated or understood after quam; the compared terms being,
    (α).
    Nouns or pronouns: tam mihi quam illi libertatem hostilis eripuit manus;

    tam ille apud nos servit quam ego hic apud te servio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 61:

    tam hic scit me habere (pecuniam) quam egomet (i. e. scio),

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 12:

    quam tu filium tuum, tam me pater me meus desiderat,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 6:

    tam huic loqui licere oportet quam isti,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 58:

    tam tibi istuc credo quam mihi,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 25:

    haec tibi tam sunt defendenda quam moenia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 137:

    tam moveor quam tu, Luculle,

    id. ib. 2, 46, 141:

    tamque id... tuendum conservandumque nobis est quam illud, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 4, 17: amurcam periti agricolae tam in doliis condunt quam oleum aut vinum ( as well as), Varr. R. R. 1, 61:

    tam natura putarem vitam hominis sustentari quam vitis, quam arboris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 56:

    sicut pueris, qui tam parentibus amissis flebunt quam nucibus,

    Sen. Ira. 1, 12, 4:

    meliorque tam sibi quam aliis faciendus (est),

    id. ib. 1, 15, 1:

    tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies rettulit (i. e. solstitium tam rettulit dies quam rettulit aequinoctium),

    id. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:

    quoniam orationis tam ornatus quam perspicuitas aut in singulis verbis est aut in pluribus positus (i. e. ornatus tam positus est quam perspicuitas),

    Quint. 8, 3, 15. — This construction passes into mere co - ordination: tam vera quam falsa cernimus, as well... as, almost = both... and, Cic. Ac. 2, 34, 111: repentina res, quia quam causam nullam tam ne fidem quidem habebat ( = ut causam nullam, sic ne fidem quidem; cf.

    sic),

    Liv. 8, 27, 10; so Sall. J. 31, 16; id. H. 1, 41, 24 Dietsch; cf. Liv. 33, 17, 9; Sen. Q. N. 4, 13, 4. —

    Negatively: non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:

    nihil est quod tam obtundat elevetque aegritudinem... quam meditatio condicionis humanae,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 16, 34:

    quae compararat non tam suae delectationis causa quam ad invitationes adventusque nostrorum hominum,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 34, § 83:

    cujus me facti paenituit non tam propter periculum meum quam propter vitia multa quae,

    id. Fam. 7, 3, 2:

    qua nulla in re tam utor quam in hac civili et publica,

    id. Att. 2, 17, 2:

    neque eos tam istius hominis perditi subita laetitia quam hominis amplissimi nova gratulatio movebat,

    id. Verr. 1, 8, 21:

    Iliensibus Rhoeteum addiderunt, non tam ob recentia ulla merita quam originum memoria,

    Liv. 38, 39, 10.—
    (β).
    Object-inff.:

    qualis est istorum oratio qui omnia non tam esse quam videri volunt,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 14, 44:

    quid enim tam pugnat, quam non modo miserum, sed omnino quidquam esse qui non sit,

    id. Tusc. 1, 7, 13:

    virtute ipsa non tam multi praediti esse quam videri volunt,

    id. Lael. 26, 98.—
    (γ).
    Subject-inff. or dependent clauses:

    ego illud argentum tam paratum filio Scio esse, quam me hunc scipionem contui ( = tam scio, argentum paratum esse, quam scio me, etc.),

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 109:

    Parmenonis tam scio esse hanc techinam quam me vivere,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 51:

    tam teneor dono quam si dimittar onustus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 18:

    Acrisium Tam violasse deum quam non agnosse nepotem Paenitet,

    Ov. M. 4, 613:

    tam perdis operam cum illi irasceris, quam cum illum alteri precaris iratum,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 30, 2.—Negatively (so most freq.):

    nihil est quod tam deceat quam in omni re gerenda servare constantiam,

    Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125:

    eundum igitur est, nec tam ut belli quam ut fugae socii simus,

    id. Att. 9, 2, a, 3:

    nec tam quaerendum est, dolor malumne sit, quam firmandus animus ad dolorem ferendum,

    id. Tusc. 2, 12, 28:

    non tam ut prosim causis elaborare soleo, quam ut ne quid obsim,

    id. Or. 2, 72, 295:

    cum ego te non tam vitandi laboris mei causa quam quia tua id interesse arbitrarer, hortatus essem,

    id. Top. 1, 2:

    auxilia convenerant non tam Vejentium gratia concitata, quam quod in spem ventum erat, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 44, 7:

    Boji defecerunt, nec tam ob veteres in populum Romanum iras, quam quod, etc.,

    id. 21, 25, 2. — So with causal clauses, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 24; id. Or. 3, 30, 119; id. Sest. 64, 135; Liv. 8, 19, 3. —
    (δ).
    With quam in adverb.-clause:

    tam confido quam poti'st,

    Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 1; and in Cicero's epistolary style, tam esse with predicative force (like ita esse, sic esse;

    v. sic): atque ego haec tam esse quam audio non puto ( = tam male esse),

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 9.—
    (ε).
    Tam with a neg. is sometimes followed by sed with an independent clause, instead of a comp. clause:

    quidam autem non tam id reprehendunt, si remissius agatur, sed tantum studium tamque multam operam ponendam in eo non arbitrantur,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 1, 1 Madv. ad loc.; cf.:

    quae (suaviloquentia) quidem non tam est in plerisque... sed est ea laus eloquentiae certe maxima,

    id. Brut. 15, 58.—
    D.
    With esse and predic. noun:

    tam ea est quam poti'st nostra erilis concubina,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 47:

    equidem tam sum servos quam tu,

    id. Capt. 3, 4, 11:

    tam ego homo sum quam tu,

    id. As. 2, 4, 83:

    nam id nobis tam flagitium'st quam illa Non facere,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 68:

    tam es tu judex quam ego senator,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 7, 17:

    tam sum amicus rei publicae quam qui maxime,

    id. Fam. 5, 2, 6.—With prep. and its case as predicate:

    tam hoc quidem tibi in proclivi quam imber quando pluit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 86:

    qui non defendit, nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio quam si parentes, etc., deserat,

    Cic. Off. 1, 7, 23. —

    Negatively: nihil est tam contra naturam quam turpitudo,

    Cic. Off. 3, 8, 35. —
    E.
    With quasi in place of quam:

    tam a me pudica est quasi soror mea sit,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 51. —
    F.
    Quam... tam with compp. = quanto... tanto or quo... eo (ante-class. and poet.): quam magis aerumna urget, tam magis ad malefaciendum viget, Enn. ap. Quint. 9, 3, 15 (Trag. Rel. v. 303 Vahl.):

    quam magis adspecto, tam magis est nimbata,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 138:

    magis quam id reputo, tam magis uror quae meus filius turbavit,

    id. Bacch. 5, 1, 5:

    quam magis te in altum capessis, tam aestus te in portum refert,

    id. As. 1, 3, 6:

    quo quaeque magis sunt aspera semina eorum, Tam magis in somnis eadem saevire necessust,

    Lucr. 4, 999:

    quae quanto magis inter se perplexa coibant, Tam magis expressa ea quae mare... efficerent,

    id. 5, 453:

    tam magis illa fremens et tristibus effera flammis, Quam magis effuso crudescunt sanguine pugnae,

    Verg. A. 7, 787.—With quanto for quam:

    quanto magis aetheris aestus cogebant terram, Tam magis, etc.,

    Lucr. 5, 484. —With rel. adv. for quam:

    verum ubicumque magis denso sunt agmine nubes, tam magis hinc... fremitus fit,

    Lucr. 6, 99. — Ellips. of tam:

    quam magis specto. minus placet mihi hominis facies,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 19.—
    G.
    Quam... tam with superll. = quanto... tanto or quo... eo (mostly anteclass.; cf.

    the class.: ut quisque maxime... ita maxime): quam citissime conficies, tam maxime expediet,

    Cato, R. R. 64 (65):

    oleum quam diutissime in amurca erit, tam deterrimum erit,

    id. ib. 64 (65):

    quam acerbissima olea oleum facies, tam oleum optumum erit,

    id. ib. 65 (66): quam plurimum [p. 1837] erit, tam citissime canus fiet, id. ib. 157 (158) med.:

    quam ad probos propinquitate proxume te adjunxeris, tam optumum est,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 59:

    quam maxime huic vana haec suspicio erit, tam facillime patris pacem in leges conficiet suas,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 44:

    quam vos facillime agitis, quam estis maxume Potentes, dites, fortunati, nobiles: tam maxime vos aequo animo aequa noscere Oportet,

    id. Ad. 3, 4, 56:

    quam paucissimos reliqueris, tam optimi fiunt in alendo,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 9:

    quam quisque pessume fecit, tam maxume tutus est,

    Sall. J. 31, 14. —
    H.
    With quam in immediate succession (to be distinguished from the conj. tamquam, as if):

    nam, si a mare abstinuissem, tam quam hoc uterer ( = tam illo uterer quam hoc),

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 7, 26:

    tam quam proserpens bestia (iste) est bilinguis et scelestus ( = tam bilinguis quam, etc.),

    id. Fers. 2, 4, 28: esne tu huic amicus? To. Tam quam di omnes qui caelum colunt, id. ib. 4, 4, 32: vide, homo ut hominem noveris. Sy. Tam quam me, id. Trin. 4, 2, 68: nostine? Da. Tam quam te, Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 15 (for tam diu, with or without quam, quam diu, etc., v. tamdiu).
    II.
    With a comp. clause understood.
    A.
    With a comp. clause to be supplied from a preceding sentence:

    quae faciliora sunt philosophis... quia tam graviter cadere non possunt (sc. quam alii),

    Cic. Off. 1, 21, 73:

    cur corporis curandi causa quaesita sit ars, animi autem medicina nec tam desiderata sit..., nec tam culta (i. e. quam corporis medicina),

    id. Tusc. 3, 1, 1:

    nihil umquam tam eleganter explicabunt (i. e. quam Plato),

    id. ib. 1, 23, 55:

    non conturbat me expectatio tua, etsi nihil est eis, qui placere volunt, tam adversarium,

    id. Ac. 2, 4, 10:

    sed ea (plebs) nequaquam tam laeta Quinctium vidit (i. e. quam ejus amici),

    Liv. 3, 26, 12: nec minora consequi potuit (Maecenas);

    sed non tam concupivit (sc. quam Agrippa),

    Vell. 2, 88, 2: nec tibi tam longis opus est ambagibus usquam, nec me tam multam hic operam consumere par est (i. e. quam consumere opus sit, si haec tractare velim), Lucr 6, 1079; so, tam gratia est (colloq.) = non accipio, sed tam gratia est quam esset si acciperem, I thank you just as much; no, thank you:

    bene vocas (ad prandium): tam gratia'st,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 36: cenabis apud me. Ep. Locata'st opera nunc quidem:

    tam gratia'st,

    id. Stich. 3, 2, 18: quin tu, quidquid opus'st, audacter imperas? Ps. Tam gratia'st. Bene est tibi;

    nolo tibi molestos esse nos,

    id. Ps. 2, 4, 23 (in this formula, however, tam is explained by some as a shortened form for tamen; cf. Brix ad Plaut. Men. 386, and v. IV. infra).—
    B.
    With a general comp. clause understood ( = sic, ita), so ( so much) as I do, as you do, as he did, as I said before, as he is, as you are, etc.
    1.
    With adjj.: ut vos servem sedulo, quos tam grandi sim mercatus pecunia, have bought you at so high a price, i. e. as I have, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 8: qui nummi exciderunt quod terram sic obtuere? quid vos maestos tam tristisque conspicor? (sc. as I do, as you are), id. Bacch. 4, 4, 17:

    equidem miror, tam catam, tam doctam te et bene eductam, non scire stulte facere,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 29:

    ordine cum videas tam certo multa creari,

    Lucr. 5, 735:

    deus ille fuit qui ista in tam tranquillo et tam clara luce locavit,

    id. 5, 12:

    quorsum igitur tam multa de voluptate?

    Cic. Sen. 12, 44:

    ut mihi quidem, qui tam magno animo fuerit innocens damnatus esse videatur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 42, 100:

    inter ista tam magnifica verba tamque praeclara,

    id. Fin. 2, 23, 77:

    quis est qui complet aures meas tantus et tam dulcis sonus?

    as I hear, id. Rep. 6, 18, 18:

    tollite hanc: nullam tam pravae sententiae causam reperietis,

    id. Phil. 14, 1, 3: et tamen veremur ut hoc quod a tam multis perferatur natura patiatur? ( as it is, sc. suffered), id. Tusc. 2, 20, 46:

    ut tam in praecipitem locum non debeat se sapiens committere,

    id. Ac. 2, 21, 68:

    tam necessario tempore, tam propinquis hostibus,

    at so urgent a time as this, Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 6:

    supra triginta quinque milia hostium fuerant, ex quibus tam exigua pars pugnae superfuit,

    Liv. 39, 31, 14:

    tam constantem defensionem Scipionis universus senatus comprobavit,

    Val. Max. 3, 7, 1: ceterum... ne tam praeclara lex... oblitteraretur, id. 2, 8, 1:

    qui tam crudelem tyrannum occideret,

    id. 3, 1, 2:

    ne illo quidem tam misero tamque luctuoso tempore civitas nostra virtutis suae oblita est,

    id. 3, 2, 7:

    tam contraria est pestis,

    Plin. 8, 38, 57, § 136:

    tam parvo distat ibi tanta rerum naturae diversitas,

    id. 5, 11, 12, § 65; so, tamne (cf. sicine):

    tamne indignus videar?

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 77.—And with sup.:

    nondum erat vestris tam gravissimis tamque multis judiciis concisus,

    of so great weight, Cic. Phil. 12, 5, 11.—
    2.
    With advv.:

    alienus quom ejus incommodum tam aegre feras, quid me patrem par facere est?

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 37:

    quid est negotii quod tu tam subito domo abeas?

    id. Am. 1, 3, 4:

    unde ego nunc tam subito huic argentum inveniam miser?

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 1:

    quia (anima cum corpore) tam conjuncta atque leniter apta'st,

    Lucr. 5, 559:

    jam mallem Cerberum metueres quam ista tam inconsiderata diceres,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12:

    ista tam aperte et per versa et falsa,

    id. Ac. 2, 18, 60:

    cum ex co quaereretur cur tam diu vellet esse in vita,

    id. Sen. 5, 13:

    me pudet tam cito de sententia esse dejectum,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,

    id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:

    an melius fuerit rationem non dari omnino, quam tam munifice et tam largiter,

    as I have shown, id. N. D. 3, 27, 69:

    nam quod jus civile tam vehementer amplexus es,

    id. Or. 1, 55, 274:

    quid tu, inquit, tam mane?

    id. Rep. 1, 9, 14: cur hunc tam temere ( as mentioned before) quisquam ab officio discessurum judicaret? Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    quod sua victoria tam insolenter gloriarentur,

    id. ib. 1, 14:

    cum tam procul a finibus Macedoniae absint,

    Liv. 39, 27, 6: non digna exempla quae tam breviter ( as I am going to do) nisi majoribus urgerer, referrentur, Val. Max. 2, 7, 5:

    qualis esset quem tam diu tamque valde timuissent,

    Nep. Eum. 11, 2; and with sup.: tam maturrime comparavisse, Cato ap. Charis. p. 184 P.—With adverb. abl.: tam crepusculo fere ut amant, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 77; cf.:

    tam vesperi,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 15; v. III. B. 3. infra.—
    3.
    With verbs:

    ut, ni meum gnatum tam amem, tua jam virgis latera lacerentur probe,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 5, 10:

    quid, cedo, te, obsecro, tam abhorret hilaritudo?

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 55:

    quid tam properas?

    id. Pers. 4, 6, 11:

    cum te video nostrae familiae Tam ex animo factum velle ( = te tam velle nostrae familiae ex animo factum),

    Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 21:

    age, quaeso, ne tam obfirma te, Chreme,

    id. Heaut. 5, 5, 8:

    non pol temere'st quod tu tam times,

    id. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 9: Sy. Eamus, namque hic properat in Cyprum. Sa. Ne tam quidem, implying a corresponding gesture, id. Ad. 2, 4, 14:

    quam si explicavisset, non tam haesitaret,

    i. e. as he does, Cic. Fin. 2, 6, 18.—Sometimes with an adv. to be supplied:

    quid ergo hanc, quaeso, tractas tam ( = tam male, or implying a corresponding gesture),

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 31:

    Graecos in eo reprehendit quod mare tam secuti sunt ( = tam vulgo. or tam temere),

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 3; cf. id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 3, § 9; v. I. C. 2. d, supra. — With esse and predic. noun:

    numquam ego te tam esse matulam credidi,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 72.—
    4.
    Preceded and strengthened by a demonstrative adjective (order: 1. demonstr., 2. tam, 3. adjective, 4. noun; or, 1. demonstr., 2. noun, 3. tam, 4. adjective).
    (α).
    After hic:

    etiamne haec tam parva civitas, tam procul a manibus tuis remota, praedae tibi et quaestui fuit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    hunc hominem tam crudelem, tam sceleratum, tam nefarium nolunt judicare,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 31, §

    77: hunc tamen hominem tam audacem, tam nefarium, tam nocentem,

    id. Clu. 14, 42:

    haec mea oratio tam longa aut tam alte repetita,

    id. Sest. 13, 31:

    in hoc tam exiguo vitae curriculo,

    id. Arch. 11, 28:

    hanc tam taetram, tam horribilem tamque infestam rei publicae pestem,

    id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    in hac tam clara re publica natus,

    id. Rep. 1, 19, 31:

    hanc rem publicam tam praeclare fundatam,

    id. Par. 1, 2, 10:

    haec tam crebra Etruriae concilia,

    Liv. 5, 5, 8:

    in his tam parvis atque tam nullis,

    Plin. 11, 2, 1, § 2:

    quorsum haec tam putida tendant,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 21:

    hac tam prospera pugna nuntiata,

    Curt. 3, 11, 16.—
    (β).
    After ille:

    ille homo tam locuples, tam honestus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 6, § 11: illud argentum tam praeclarum ac tam nobile, id. ib. 2, 4, 20, §

    44: illud tam grave bellum,

    Val. Max. 5, 6, ext. 1:

    ne illo quidem tam misero tamque luctuoso tempore,

    id. 3, 2, 7.—
    (γ).
    After iste:

    tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    Cic. N. D. 1, 29, 81:

    ista admonitio tua tam accurata,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 20:

    quae est ista tam infesta ira?

    Liv. 7, 30, 15:

    iste tam justus hostis, tam misericors victor,

    Curt. 4, 10, 34.—
    (δ).
    After id ipsum:

    id ipsum tam mite ac tam moderatum imperium,

    Liv. 1, 48, 9.—
    (ε).
    After tot:

    jacere necesse sit tot tam nobiles disciplinas,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 48, 147:

    tot tam valida oppida,

    Liv. 5, 54, 5:

    tot tam opulenti tyranni regesque,

    id. 25, 24, 13:

    inter tot tam effrenatarum gentium arma,

    id. 21, 9, 3:

    tot tam praeclaris imperatoribus uno bello absumptis,

    id. 28, 28, 12; 25, 27, 13; 26, 13, 17; cf.:

    cum tot ac tam validae eluctandae manus essent,

    id. 24, 26, 13; 8, 12, 4.—
    (ζ).
    After hic talis:

    da operam ut hunc talem, tam jucundum, tam excellentem virum videas,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 21, 3.
    III.
    As demonstr. adv. of intensity, correlative with ut, that, and its equivalents (qui, quin); so only with adjj. and advv. (not with verbs).
    A.
    Without a negation ( = ita, adeo;

    rare before the Aug. period): ni erit tam sincerum (tergum), ut quivis dicat ampullarius Optumum esse operi faciundo corium et sincerissimum,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 51:

    quae (maturitas) mihi tam jucunda est ut, quo propius ad mortem accedam, quasi terram videre videar,

    Cic. Sen. 19, 71. de qua tam variae sunt doctissimorum hominum sententiae, ut magno argumento esse debeat, etc., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1:

    ad eum pervenit tam opportuno tempore, ut simul Domitiani exercitus pulvis cerneretur, et primi antecursores Scipionis viderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 36:

    tam parandus ad dimicandum animus, ut, etc.,

    id. B. G. 2, 21:

    tamen tam evidens numen rebus adfuit Romanis, ut putem, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 51, 4: infimam plebem natura ipsa tam abjecto tamque imo loco collocavit ut nulla ratione erigi aut sublevari possit, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 6, 22:

    tam multa sunt, tamque misera quae perferunt ut nemo sit quin mori saepissime cupiat,

    id. ib. 16, 59:

    quem constat tam certa acie luminum usum esse ut a Lilybaeo portu Carthaginienses egredientes classes intueretur,

    Val. Max. 1, 8, ext. 14:

    tam alacri animo suos ad id proelium cohortatus est ut diceret: Sic prandete, etc.,

    id. 3, 2, ext. 3:

    in Theophrasto tam est loquendi nitor ille divinus ( = tam divinus est) ut ex eo nomen quoque traxisse videatur,

    Quint. 10, 1, 83:

    (Scipio) bellum in Africam transtulit, tam lentus ut opinionem luxuriae segnitiaeque malignis daret,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 11, 6; id. Q. N. 1, 15, 5:

    3, 21, 1: tam parvulis in faucibus... ut non sit dubium, etc.,

    Plin. 10, 29, 43, § 82:

    ipsum Macedonem tam graviter palma percussit ut paene concideret,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 14, 7.—
    B.
    With a negation, or in a question implying a negation.
    1.
    Before ut (very freq. in the class. period; cf. adeo, poet., e.g. Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 39):

    numquam tam dices commode ut tergum meum Tuam in fidem committam,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 33:

    non tam viva tamen, calidus queat ut fieri fons,

    Lucr. 6, 887:

    quis umquam praedo fuit tam nefarius, quis pirata tam barbarus ut, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:

    non sum tam stultus, ut te usura falsi gaudii frui velim,

    id. Fam. 6, 12, 1:

    nec, cum id faciebamus tam eramus amentes ut explorata nobis esset victoria,

    id. ib. 6, 1, 3:

    non essem tam inurbanus ac paene inhumanus uti in eo gravarer quod vos cupere sentirem,

    id. Or. 2, 90, 365:

    non puto tam expeditum negotium futurum ut non habeat aliquid morae,

    id. Att. 13, 31, 1:

    nec vero eram tam indoctus ignarusque rerum ut frangerer animo propter, etc.,

    id. Phil. 2, 15, 37:

    quis tam demens ut sua voluntate maereat?

    id. Tusc. 3, 29, 71; so id. Off. 3, 20, 82; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; id. Phil. 3, 4, 10:

    non enim proferremus vino oppressos... tam absurde, ut tum diceremus, etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 17, 53:

    non se tam barbarum ut non sciret, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44, 17:

    nulli sunt tam feri et sui juris affectus ut non disciplina perdomentur,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 12, 3:

    nemo tam divos habuit faventes, crastinum ut posset sibi polliceri,

    id. Thyest. 619.—
    2.
    With a negation (esp. nemo), followed by qui ( = ut is; class. and freq.); nec quisquam sit tam opulentus qui mihi obsistat in via, [p. 1838] Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 5:

    generi lenonio Numquam deus ullus tam benignus fuit, qui fuerit propitius,

    id. Pers. 4, 4, 34:

    an ille tam esset stultus qui mihi mille nummum crederet?

    id. Trin. 4, 2, 42:

    nemo inventus est tam amens, qui illud argentum tam praeclarum ac tam nobile eriperet, nemo tam audax qui posceret, nemo tam impudens qui postularet ut venderet,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 44:

    nemo Agrigenti neque aetate tam affecta neque viribus tam infirmis fuit, qui non illa nocte surrexerit,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 43, §

    95: nemo est tam senex qui se annum non putet posse vivere,

    id. Sen. 7, 24:

    nihil tam absurde dici potest, quod non dicatur ab aliquo philosophorum,

    id. Div. 2, 58, 119:

    nulla gens tam immanis umquam fuit in qua tam crudelis hostis patriae sit inventus,

    id. Sull. 27, 76:

    quae est anus tam delira quae timeat ista?

    id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48:

    ecquem tam amentem esse putas qui illud quo vescatur deum esse credat?

    id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:

    sed neque tam docti tum erant, ad quorum judicium elaboraret, et sunt, etc.,

    id. Fin. 1, 3, 7; so id. Sen. 19, 67; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Tusc. 1, 6, 11; 1, 15, 33; 2, 17, 41; id. Sest. 14, 32; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Fam. 9, 2, 2; id. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    neque tam remisso animo quisquam fuit qui ea nocte conquierit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 21:

    in bello nihil tam leve est quod non magnae interdum rei momentum faciat,

    Liv. 25, 18, 3:

    ut nemo tam humilis esset cui non aditus ad eum pateret,

    Nep. Milt. 8, 4:

    ecquid esse tam saevum potest quod superet illum?

    Sen. Thyest. 196. —
    3.
    With a negation, followed by quin ( = ut is non;

    class. and freq.): nec sacrum nec tam profanum quidquam est quin ibi ilico adsit,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 27:

    nihil mihi tam parvi est quin me id pigeat perdere,

    id. Pers. 4, 6, 8:

    nec quisquam est tam ingenio duro, neque tam firmo pectore quin sibi faciat bene,

    id. As. 5, 2, 94:

    numquam tam mane egredior, neque tam vesperi Domum revortor, quin te... conspicer Fodere,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 15:

    nil tam difficile'st quin quaerendo investigari possiet,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 8:

    ut nullus umquam dies tam magna tempestate fuerit, quin... solem homines viderint,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 26:

    numquam tam male est Siculis quin aliquid facete et commode dicant,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 43, §

    95: nemo est tam afflictus quin possit navare aliquid et efficere,

    id. Fam. 6, 1, 7:

    ut nemo tam ferus fuerit, quin ejus causam lacrimarit,

    Nep. Alcib. 6, 4.
    IV.
    Tam, ante-class., sometimes = tamen:

    antiqui tam etiam pro tamen usi sunt,

    Fest. p. 360: bene cum facimus, tam male cupimus...; quamquam estis nihili, tam ecastor simul vobis consului, Titin. ap. Fest. l. l.; so,

    etsi illi aliter nos faciant quam aequom sit, tam pol noxiae nequid magis sit... nostrum officium meminisse decet,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 44 Fleck., Ritschl:

    tam si nihil usus esset, jam non dicerem,

    id. Merc. 4, 3, 32 Ritschl; v. Prol. Trin. p. 14 ib.; Brix ad Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 36; Curt. in Rhein. Mus. 6, 84; 6, 93; but cf. contra, Corss. Beitr. p. 272 sqq.
    V.
    In the dialect of Praeneste: tam modo, just now ( = modo): ilico hic ante ostium;

    Tam modo, inquit Praenestinus,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 8 Brix ad loc.; cf. Fest. s. v. tammodo, p. 359; Ritschl, opusc. 2, 372.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tam

  • 78 Black, Harold Stephen

    [br]
    b. 14 April 1898 Leominster, Massachusetts, USA
    d. 11 December 1983 Summitt, New Jersey, USA
    [br]
    American electrical engineer who discovered that the application of negative feedback to amplifiers improved their stability and reduced distortion.
    [br]
    Black graduated from Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Massachusetts, in 1921 and joined the Western Electric Company laboratories (later the Bell Telephone Laboratories) in New York City. There he worked on a variety of electronic-communication problems. His major contribution was the discovery in 1927 that the application of negative feedback to an amplifier, whereby a fraction of the output signal is fed back to the input in the opposite phase, not only increases the stability of the amplifier but also has the effect of reducing the magnitude of any distortion introduced by it. This discovery has found wide application in the design of audio hi-fi amplifiers and various control systems, and has also given valuable insight into the way in which many animal control functions operate.
    During the Second World War he developed a form of pulse code modulation (PCM) to provide a practicable, secure telephony system for the US Army Signal Corps. From 1963–6, after his retirement from the Bell Labs, he was Principal Research Scientist with General Precision Inc., Little Falls, New Jersey, following which he became an independent consultant in communications. At the time of his death he held over 300 patents.
    [br]
    Principal Honours and Distinctions
    Institute of Electronic and Radio Engineers Lamme Medal 1957.
    Bibliography
    1934, "Stabilised feedback amplifiers", Electrical Engineering 53:114 (describes the principles of negative feedback).
    21 December 1937, US patent no. 2,106,671 (for his negative feedback discovery.
    1947, with J.O.Edson, "Pulse code modulation", Transactions of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers 66:895.
    1946, "A multichannel microwave radio relay system", Transactions of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers 65:798.
    1953, Modulation Theory, New York: D.van Nostrand.
    1988, Laboratory Management: Principles \& Practice, New York: Van Nostrand Rheinhold.
    Further Reading
    For early biographical details see "Harold S. Black, 1957 Lamme Medalist", Electrical Engineering (1958) 77:720; "H.S.Black", Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Spectrum (1977) 54.
    KF

    Biographical history of technology > Black, Harold Stephen

  • 79 negro

    adj.
    1 black, jet, black-colored, ebony.
    2 bleak.
    m.
    1 black, black colour, black color.
    2 black man, Black, nigger, Negro.
    * * *
    1 (gen) black
    2 (oscuro) dark
    3 (bronceado) brown, tanned, suntanned
    4 (poco favorable) awful, terrible
    5 (cine, novela) detective
    6 (tabaco) black
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (hombre) black (man); (mujer) black (woman)
    1 (color) black
    2 (escritor) ghostwriter
    3 (tabaco) black tobacco
    \
    estar negro,-a familiar (enfadado) to be cross 2 (bronceado) to be really brown, be really tanned
    negro,-a como la boca de lobo pitch-black
    negro,-a como un tizón as black as coal
    pasarlas negras familiar to have a rough time of it
    poner negro,-a a alguien to drive somebody up the wall
    ponerse negro,-a (persona) to get angry, get mad 2 (ambiente, situación) to look bad
    tenerla negra familiar to be unlucky
    trabajar como un negro to work like a dog, work like a slave
    verlo todo negro to be very pessimistic
    verse negro,-a para hacer algo to have a tough time doing something
    vérselas negras familiar to have a tough time
    ————————
    1 (color) black
    2 (escritor) ghostwriter
    3 (tabaco) black tobacco
    * * *
    1. (f. - negra)
    noun
    2. (f. - negra)
    adj.
    2) disastrous, awful
    * * *
    negro, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) [color, pelo] black; [ojos, tabaco] dark; [raza] black, Negro †
    2) (=moreno) [piel] dark, swarthy; [por el sol] tanned, brown

    ponerse negro — to go brown, tan

    3) (=sucio) filthy, black
    4) [estado de ánimo, humor] black, gloomy; [suerte] terrible, atrocious

    la cosa se pone negra — it's not going well, it looks bad

    lo ve todo negro — he always sees the negative side of things, he's terribly pessimistic about everything

    - verse negro
    - vérselas negras
    5) * (=enfadado) cross, peeved *

    poner negro a algn — to make sb cross, upset sb

    ponerse negro — to get cross, cut up rough

    6) (=ilegal) black
    7) (Pol) fascist
    2. SM
    1) (=color) black

    en negro — (Fot) in black and white

    2) Caribe (=café) black coffee
    3. SM / F
    1) (=persona) black, coloured person †, Negro †

    ¡no somos negros! — we won't stand for it!, you can't do that to us!

    2) * (=escritor) ghostwriter
    3)

    mi negro — And, Cono Sur * (=cariño) darling, honey

    negra
    * * *
    I
    - gra adjetivo
    1)
    a) <pelo/ropa> black; < ojos> dark

    negro como el carbón or un tizón — as black as coal o soot

    b) (fam) ( por el sol) tanned
    c) ( sombrío) black, gloomy

    pasarlas negras — (fam) to have a rough time of it (colloq)

    vérselas negras — (fam)

    2) <hombre/raza/piel> black
    II
    masculino ( color) black
    III
    - gra masculino, femenino ( de raza negra) black person
    * * *
    I
    - gra adjetivo
    1)
    a) <pelo/ropa> black; < ojos> dark

    negro como el carbón or un tizón — as black as coal o soot

    b) (fam) ( por el sol) tanned
    c) ( sombrío) black, gloomy

    pasarlas negras — (fam) to have a rough time of it (colloq)

    vérselas negras — (fam)

    2) <hombre/raza/piel> black
    II
    masculino ( color) black
    III
    - gra masculino, femenino ( de raza negra) black person
    * * *
    negro1
    1 = black, negro [negroes, -pl.], nigger, hack, ghost writer, black man, coloured man.

    Ex: Only blacks had both a social and a moral condition; only women had both a history and a condition.

    Ex: Why do only Catholics, Jews, Negroes, and women transcend their particular nationality?.
    Ex: KAFIRS, which LC recently changed, is the equivalent of niggers.
    Ex: Such commissioning of books of this sort does not in any way imply that the author is working as a hack.
    Ex: Thus the sportsman who cannot express himself well in writing can still put over ideas for his ghost writer to transcribe.
    Ex: But he will soon discover that even then all the accidents of birth, upbringing, education, and social history will prevent his truly knowing the very thing he wants to know -- how can a white man experience directly what it means to be a black man.
    Ex: He looked up and saw two figures cutting across the field, a colored man and woman, each carrying a bottle.
    * autobiografía escrita por un negro = ghosted autobiography.
    * escribir como negro = ghosting.
    * escribir en calidad de negro = ghost.
    * escrito por un negro = ghosted, ghost-written.
    * hombre negro = black man, coloured man.
    * inglés hablado por los negros = Ebonics.
    * persona de raza negra = black.

    negro2
    2 = black [blacker -comp., blackest -sup.].

    Ex: Thoughts of this sort kept running about like clockwork mice in his head, while the murmur of chatter filled the room and outside dusk had yielded to black night.

    * aguas negras = waste water [wastewater], sewage, sewerage.
    * bestia negra = bête noire.
    * blanco y negro = black & white.
    * caja negra = flight recorder.
    * caja negra, la = black box, the.
    * comedia de humor negro = black comedy.
    * de pelo negro = dark-haired.
    * dinero negro = undeclared income, grey money [gray money], black money.
    * en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).
    * espino negro = blackthorn, blackthorn tree.
    * espiritual negro = spiritual.
    * hacérselas pasar negras a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hielo negro = black ice.
    * lengua negra = hairy tongue.
    * lingua negra = lingua negra.
    * mano negra = schemer.
    * marea negra = oil slick.
    * Mar Negro = Black Sea.
    * martes negro = Black Tuesday.
    * mercado negro = black market.
    * minoría negra = black minority.
    * mosca negra = black fly.
    * muñeco negro de trapo = golly, gollywog.
    * música espiritual negra = gospel music.
    * negro como boca de lobo = pitch-black.
    * negro como el azabache = pitch-black, pitch-dark.
    * negro como el carbón = pitch-black, pitch-dark.
    * negro como el tizón = pitch-black, pitch-dark.
    * negro de humo = lampblack.
    * negro rojizo = reddish black.
    * negro sobre fondo blanco = black on white.
    * novela negra = crime fiction, crime novel.
    * oso negro = black bear.
    * oso negro americano = black bear.
    * oveja negra de la familia, la = black sheep of the family, the.
    * pasarlas negras = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time.
    * peste negra, la = Black Death, the.
    * punto negro = blackhead.
    * ser de raza negra o de piel morena = be coloured.
    * vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.
    * verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.

    * * *
    A
    1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹color/pelo/ropa› black; ‹ojos› dark
    mira qué negro está el cielo look how dark o black the sky is
    tienes las manos negras your hands are black o filthy
    poner negro a algn ( fam); to drive sb crazy o up the wall ( colloq)
    2 ( fam) (por el sol) tanned, brown ( BrE)
    se pone negra enseguida she tans o ( BrE) goes brown very quickly
    3 (sombrío) black, gloomy, bleak
    lo ve todo tan negro she's always so pessimistic, she always takes such a gloomy view of things
    pasarlas negras ( fam); to have a rough o tough time of it ( colloq)
    se las vio negras para terminarlo he had a tough time finishing it ( colloq)
    B ‹hombre/raza/piel› black
    la población negra the black population
    Compuesto:
    A masculine jet black
    B adj inv jet-black
    masculine, feminine
    A (de raza negra) black person trabajar vi B. (↑ trabajar)
    B ( period) (escritor) ghost writer
    * * *

     

    negro 1
    ◊ - gra adjetivo

    a) ‹pelo/hombre/raza› black;

    ‹ ojos› dark
    b) (fam) ( por el sol) tanned



    pasarlas negras (fam) to have a rough time of it (colloq)
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( persona de raza negra) black person
    negro 2 sustantivo masculino ( color) black
    negro,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 black
    (bronceado) suntanned
    pan negro, brown bread
    (oscuro) estaba negro como boca de lobo, it was pitch-black
    2 (muy sucio) filthy, black
    3 (suerte, situación) awful
    un día negro, a black day
    (lóbrego, triste) gloomy
    4 (furioso) furious: ese ruido me pone negra, that noise drives me up the wall
    5 (raza, música) black
    6 (no legalizado) mercado negro, black market
    II m,f (hombre) black man
    (mujer) black woman
    III sustantivo masculino
    1 (color) black
    siempre viste de negro, she always dresses in black
    2 (tabaco) black tobacco
    3 (escritor anónimo) ghostwriter
    IV sustantivo femenino
    1 Mús crotchet, US quarter note
    2 (mala suerte) la negra, bad luck
    ♦ Locuciones: tener la negra, to be very unlucky: últimamente mi hermana tiene la negra, my sister's been having a run of bad luck recently
    vérselas negras para hacer algo, to have a tough time doing sthg
    ' negro' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    agujero
    - cielo
    - decidirse
    - dinero
    - fanática
    - fanático
    - fotografía
    - ir
    - garbanzo
    - humor
    - incondicional
    - mercado
    - negra
    - pantalla
    - pozo
    - tabaco
    - tizón
    - vestirse
    - azabache
    - blanco
    - café
    - carbón
    - chocolate
    - cinturón
    - ennegrecer
    - espiritual
    - frijol
    - manía
    - oro
    - televisión
    English:
    black
    - black hole
    - blackhead
    - buckwheat
    - cesspit
    - dappled
    - dark
    - dismal
    - fill out
    - ghostwriter
    - haul
    - intersperse
    - jet black
    - launder
    - laundering
    - monochrome
    - negro
    - nigger
    - normally
    - obtainable
    - off-day
    - or
    - pitch-black
    - pitch-dark
    - questionnaire
    - sick
    - the
    - turn
    - brown
    - change
    - coffee
    - ebony
    - edge
    - in
    - jet
    - Negro
    - slave
    - spiritual
    * * *
    negro, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [color] black;
    estos pantalones están negros these Br trousers o US pants are filthy o absolutely black;
    negro como el carbón as black as coal
    2. [bronceado] tanned;
    estar negro to have a deep tan
    3. [pan] brown
    4. [tabaco] black, dark
    5. [raza] black
    6. [suerte] awful, rotten;
    [porvenir] black, gloomy;
    llevo una tarde negra I'm having a terrible afternoon;
    ver(lo) todo negro to be pessimistic;
    pasarlas negras to have a hard time
    7. Fam [furioso] furious, fuming;
    me pone negro que nunca me avisen de nada it makes me mad that they never tell me anything
    8. [ilegal] [trabajo] illegal, in the black economy;
    [mercado] black; [dinero] dirty;
    en negro [trabajo, dinero] undeclared;
    [trabajar, cobrar] illegally, on the black economy
    9. Cine
    cine negro film noir
    ♦ nm,f
    1. [de raza negra] black man, f black woman;
    trabajar como un negro to work like a slave
    2. Fam [escritor] ghost writer
    ♦ nm
    1. [color] black;
    el negro es mi color favorito black is my favourite colour
    2. [tabaco] black o dark tobacco
    3. Ven Fam [café] black coffee
    * * *
    I adj black;
    estar negro fam be furious;
    poner negro a alguien fam make s.o. furious, make s.o. see red;
    verse negro para hacer algo fam have one’s work cut out to do sth;
    las he pasado negras I’ve had a rough time
    II m
    1 black man;
    trabajar como un negro fam work one’s butt off fam
    2 L.Am. ( querido) honey, dear
    * * *
    negro, - gra adj
    1) : black, dark
    2) bronceado: suntanned
    3) : gloomy, awful, desperate
    la cosa se está poniendo negra: things are looking bad
    4)
    mercado negro : black market
    negro, - gra n
    1) : dark-skinned person, black person
    2) fam : darling, dear
    negro nm
    : black (color)
    * * *
    negro1 adj black
    negro2 n
    1. (color) black
    2. (persona) black man [pl. men] / black woman [pl. women]

    Spanish-English dictionary > negro

  • 80 ante

    antĕ (old form anti, whence antidea, antideo, antidhac; v. antea, anteeo, and antehac) [Gr. anti, over against, facing, anta, antên; Sanscr. anti = over against; Germ. ant- in Ant-wort = Goth. anda-vaurdi, an answer, anda-nahti, the night before], prep. and adv. (acc. to Max. Victor. p. 1953, as prep. with the grave accent; as adv. with the acute on the last syl.).
    I.
    Prep. with acc., before (syn.: prae, pro).
    A.
    In space, or trop. in regard to estimation, judgment, or rank (usu. only of objects at rest. while prae is used of those in motion; cf. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 1, 21; v. exceptions infra).
    1.
    In space:

    quem ante aedīs video,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 136:

    ante ostium Me audivit stare,

    Ter. And. 3, 1, 16; so Vulg. Lev. 1, 5:

    Ornatas paulo ante fores,

    Juv. 6, 227; so Vulg. Num. 3, 26:

    ante meum limen,

    Juv. 11, 190:

    ante suum fundum,

    Cic. Mil. 10:

    ut ante suos hortulos postridie piscarentur,

    id. Off. 3, 14, 58:

    ante sepulcrales infelix adstitit aras,

    Ov. M. 8, 480; so Verg. A. 1, 344; 3, 545; Juv. 10, 268:

    ante altaria,

    id. 8, 155; so Vulg. Deut. 26, 4; ib. Matt. 5, 24. —Of persons:

    ante hosce deos erant arulae,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3:

    quīs ante ora patrum contigit oppetere,

    Verg. A. 1, 95; id. G. 4, 477:

    ipsius unam (navem) ante oculos pontus in puppim ferit,

    id. A. 1, 114; 2, 531; 2, 773:

    ante se statuit funditores,

    Liv. 42, 58:

    Flos Asiae ante ipsum,

    Juv. 5, 56; Vulg. Matt. 17, 2:

    si luditur alea pernox Ante Numantinos,

    Juv. 8, 11.— Trop.:

    ante oculos collocata,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 43, 192:

    ante oculos errat domus,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 57: [p. 128] causam ante eum diceret, before him as judge, Cic. Verr. 1, 3, 9:

    donec stet ante judicium,

    Vulg. Josh. 20, 6; ib. Marc. 13, 9.—And in eccl. Lat., after the Heb. and Hel. Gr., before, in the sight of, in the judgment of:

    ante Dominum vilior fiam,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 6, 21 sq.:

    non te justifices ante Deum,

    ib. Eccli. 7, 5:

    justi ambo ante Deum,

    ib. Luc. 1, 6;

    and fully: fecit Asa rectum ante conspectum Domini,

    ib. 3 Reg. 15, 11; ib. Apoc. 12, 10.—Hence, homines ante pedes (in later Lat.), servants; cf. the annotators upon Juv. 7, 143.—With verbs of motion:

    ante me ito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 70:

    equitatum omnem ante se mittit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 21:

    ante ceteras cohortes extra aciem procurrere,

    id. B. C. 1, 55:

    praecurrit ante omnes,

    id. ib. 2, 34; so Nep. Dat. 3, 2; Liv. 7, 41; 45, 40 al.; Vulg. Lev. 27, 11; ib. 1 Reg. 12, 2.—
    2.
    Trop. of preference in judgment, or regulations in respect to rank, before (this is properly the signification of prae, q. v.; hence more rare than that, and never used by Cic.): quem ante me diligo, before myself, more than myself, Balbus ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15.—So ante aliquem esse, to surpass, excel any one:

    facundiā Graecos, gloriā belli Gallos ante Romanos fuisse,

    Sall. C. 53, 3, ubi v. Corte and Kritz:

    tum me vero et ante Alexandrum et ante Pyrrhum et ante omnes alios imperatores esse,

    superior to, Liv. 35, 14:

    necessitas ante rationem est,

    necessity knows no law, Curt. 7, 7, 10.—Hence very freq. (but mostly poet. and post-class.),
    a.
    Ante alios, ante omnes, ante ceteros, etc., before others, before all, etc., to designate a comparative relation;

    also sometimes, for the sake of emphasis, with comparatives and superlatives: tibi, Neptune, ante alios deos gratias ago,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 5; so Ov. M. 10, 120:

    scito illum ante omnīs minumi mortalem preti,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 8:

    tua ante omnes experientia,

    Tac. A. 2, 76; 1, 27; Liv. 1, 9:

    Junoni ante omnīs candentis vaccae media inter cornua (pateram) fundit,

    Verg. A. 4, 59:

    Ipse est ante omnes,

    Vulg. Col. 1, 17:

    O felix una ante alias Priameïa virgo,

    Verg. A. 3, 321:

    ante omnes furor est insignis equarum,

    id. G. 3, 266:

    scelere ante alios immanior omnīs,

    id. A. 1, 347; Liv. 5, 42:

    ante alios pulcherrimus omnīs Turnus,

    Verg. A. 7, 55; so Nep. Att. 3, 3; Liv. 1, 15; cf. Rudd. II. p. 82; II. p. 101; II. p. 305.—
    b.
    Ante omnia.
    (α).
    Before all things, first of all:

    alvus ante omnia ducitur,

    Cels. 7, 30:

    oportet autem ante omnia os nudare,

    id. 8, 2:

    Ante omnia instituit, ut etc.,

    Suet. Ner. 32; id. Calig. 21:

    Ante omnia autem, fratres, etc.,

    Vulg. Jac. 5, 12; ib. 1 Petr. 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Comparatively, above all, especially, chiefty:

    publica maestitia eo ante omnia insignis, quia matronae annum, ut parentem, eum luxerunt,

    Liv. 2, 7; 7, 4:

    quae natura multis et ante omnia ursis,

    Plin. 8, 35, 53, § 125:

    dulces ante omnia Musae,

    the Muses pleasing above all things, Verg. G. 2, 475; id. E. 2, 72:

    deformem et taetrum ante omnia vultum,

    Juv. 10, 191.—
    (γ).
    In entering upon the discussion of several particulars, or in adducing arguments, first of all, in the first place (similar to ac primum quidem, kai prôton men oun; cf. Spald. ad Quint. 4, 2, 4):

    ante omnia quid sit rhetorice,

    Quint. 2, 15, 1:

    ante omnia igitur imitatio per se ipsa non sufficit,

    id. 10, 2, 4; so id. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 40; 4, 2, 52; 5, 13, 6; 9, 1, 23.—
    B.
    Of time.
    1.
    Before: ANTE MERIDIEM CAVSAM CONICITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 13; cf.

    Dirks. Transl. 177 sq.: ante lucem a portu me praemisisti domum,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 55; so Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 259; id. Inv. 2, 4, 15; Suet. Galb. 22; Vulg. Luc. 24, 22:

    ante diem caupo sciet,

    Juv. 9, 108:

    ante brumam,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 28:

    ante noctem,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 51:

    pereundum erit ante lucernas,

    Juv. 10, 339:

    ante haec omnia,

    Vulg. Luc. 21, 12.— The designation of time is often expressed paraphrastically.
    a.
    By a person who lived at the time:

    jam ante Socratem,

    before the time of, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44:

    qui honos togato habitus ante me est nemini,

    before me, before my time, id. Cat. 4, 3:

    ante Jovem nulli subigebant arva coloni,

    Verg. G. 1, 125:

    vixere fortes ante Agamemnona Multi,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 25:

    ante Helenam,

    id. S. 1, 3, 107:

    ante se,

    Tac. H. 1, 50:

    quod ante eum nemo,

    Suet. Caes. 26 al. —
    b.
    By other objects pertaining to a particular time: ante hoc factum, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 64:

    ante has meas litteras,

    i. e. before the receipt of this letter, Cic. Fam. 13, 17:

    per hunc castissimum ante regiam injuriam sanguinem juro,

    Liv. 1, 59:

    ante mare et terras, et quod tegit omnia, caelum,

    Ov. M. 1, 5:

    ante sidus fervidum,

    Hor. Epod. 1, 27:

    ante cibum,

    id. S. 1, 10, 61, and Juv. 6, 428:

    Hoc discunt omnes ante alpha et beta,

    before their A B C, id. 14, 209:

    cur ante tubam tremor occupat artus?

    Verg. A. 11, 424:

    Tecum prius ergo voluta Haec ante tubas,

    Juv. 1, 169.—Also by the designation of the office of a person:

    ante aedilitatem meam,

    Cic. Att. 12, 17:

    ante sceptrum Dictaei regis,

    Verg. G. 2, 536:

    ante imperium ducis,

    Flor. 4, 2, 66:

    relictis multis filiis et in regno et ante regnum susceptis,

    Just. 2, 10.—And by the designation of office in app. to the person:

    mortuus est ante istum praetorem,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 45, 115:

    docuerant fabulas ante hos consules,

    id. Brut. 18, 73:

    cum ante illum imperatorem clipeis uterentur,

    Nep. Iphicr. 1, 3:

    quos ante se imperatorem nemo ausus sit aspicere,

    id. Epam. 8, 3.—A part. perf. or fut. pass. is freq. added to such substantives for the sake of explanation:

    ante hanc urbem conditam,

    before the founding of this city, Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7 (opp. post urbem conditam):

    non multo ante urbem captam,

    id. Div. 1, 45:

    ante Epaminondam natum,

    Nep. Epam. 10, 4:

    ante te cognitum multis orantibus opem tuli,

    Sall. J. 110, 2:

    ante decemviros creatos,

    Liv. 3, 53 al. —
    2.
    Hence particular phrases.
    a.
    Ante tempus,
    (α).
    Before the right time:

    ante tempus excitatis suis,

    Liv. 31, 36.—
    (β).
    Before the appointed, proper, or lawful time:

    factus est consul bis, primum ante tempus,

    Cic. Lael. 3:

    honores et ante tempus et quosdam novi generis cepit,

    Suet. Aug. 26:

    venisti ante tempus torquere nos?

    Vulg. Matt. 8, 29 (cf. annus, II. D.).—
    b.
    Ante diem, poet.,
    (α).
    Before the time:

    Caesaribus virtus contigit ante diem,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 184:

    ante diem vultu gressuque superbo Vicerat aequales,

    Stat. S. 2, 1, 108.—
    (β).
    Before the time destined by fate:

    filius ante diem patrios inquirit in annos,

    Ov. M. 1, 148:

    hic dolor ante diem Pandiona misit ad umbras,

    id. ib. 6, 675; id. A. A. 3, 739:

    sed misera ante diem subitoque accensa furore, etc.,

    Verg. A. 4, 697 (cf. Soph. Antig. 461: ei de tou chronou prosthen thanoumai). —
    c.
    Ante hunc diem, with a negative:

    istunc hominem numquam audivi ante hunc diem,

    never before this day, never until now, Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 60; 4, 2, 7:

    neque umquam ante hunc diem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 19; 5, 4, 23:

    Novum crimen et ante hunc diem inauditum ad te Q. Tubero detulit,

    Cic. Lig. 1, 1 (cf. Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 17: neque eum ante usquam conspexi prius). —
    3.
    Ante diem (abbrev. a. d.) with an ordinal number gives the date, not of the foregoing, but of the present day; e. g. ante diem quintum (a. d. V.) Kalendas Apriles, the fifth day before the calends of April. Orig. the ante belonged to Kalendas, and they said either, ante die quinto Kalendas (i. e. die quinto ante Kalendas), or ante diem quintum Kalendas; the latter phraseology became the prevailing one, and ante diem, being considered as one word, the prepp. in and ex could be prefixed; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 12; Duker ad Liv. 27, 23; Rudd. II. p. 291; Madv. Gr. Suppl. I.; Drak. ad Liv. 45, 2, 12: me ante diem XIII. Kalendas Januarias principem revocandae libertatis fuisse, the thirteenth before the calends of January, i. e. the 20 th of Dec., Cic. Phil. 14, 7, 20: ante diem XII. Kalendas Novembres, the 21 st of Oct.: ante diem VI. Kalendas Novembres, the 27 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3: ante diem VIII. Kalendas Decembres, the 24 th of Nov., id. Phil. 3, 8: a. d. IV. Id. Mart. (ante diem quartum Idus Martias), i. e. the 12 th of March, Liv. 40, 59: ante diem III. Non. Jan. M. Cicero natus est, i. e. on the 3 d of Jan., Gell. 15, 28 al.:

    in ante diem quartum Kal. Dec. distulit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 8: caedem te optimatium contulisse in ante diem V. Kal. Nov., to the 28 th of Oct., id. Cat. 1, 3:

    ex ante diem VII. Id. Febr.,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 28, 1: nuntii venerant ex ante diem Non. Jun. usque ad prid. Kal. Sept., from the 3 d of June, Cic. Att. 3, 17:

    supplicatio indicta est ante diem V. Id. Oct. cum eo die in quinque dies,

    Liv. 45, 2, 12.—
    4.
    Sometimes to designate the whole time until the passing moment:

    ante id tempus et mari et terrā duces erant Lace daemonii,

    Nep. Arist. 2, 3:

    qui honos huic uni ante id tempus contigit,

    id. Timoth. 2, 3:

    invictus ante eam diem fuerat,

    Curt. 5, 3, 22.—
    5.
    Ante annos, before the destined time:

    Ante suos annos occidit,

    Ov. Am. 2, 2, 46:

    Ante annos animumque gerens curamque virilem,

    beyond his years, Verg. A. 9, 311 (cf.:

    suos annos praeterire,

    Sil. 4, 428; and:

    annos transcendere factis,

    id. 2, 348). —
    6.
    Ante hoc, for antea, antehac, belongs to the later Latin:

    ante hoc incognita,

    Luc. 6, 116:

    ante hoc domūs pars videntur,

    Tac. G. 13.
    II.
    Adv., of space and time (the latter most freq.).
    A.
    Of space, before, in front, forwards: post me erat Aegina, ante Megara, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 9:

    fluvius ab tergo, ante circaque velut ripa praeceps oram ejus omnem cingebat,

    Liv. 27, 18; 22, 5:

    coronatus stabit et ante calix,

    Tib. 2, 5, 98:

    plena oculis et ante et retro,

    Vulg. Apoc. 4, 6.—Of motion (cf. supra, I. A. 1.):

    si aut manibus ingrediatur quis aut non ante, sed retro,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 12, 35:

    pallida Tisiphone morbos agit ante metumque,

    Verg. G. 3, 552.—
    B.
    1.. Of time, before, previously (always in reference to another past time, while ante as prep. is used in reference to the present).
    a.
    With verbs:

    nonne oportuit Praescīsse me ante,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 4:

    id te oro, ut ante eamus,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 24;

    very freq. in Cic.: quod utinam illi ante accidisset,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 14:

    quae ante acta sunt,

    id. Verr. 1, 109:

    sicut ante fecimus,

    Vulg. Jos. 8, 5; ib. Jud. 16, 20:

    fructus omnis ante actae vitae,

    Cic. Marcell. 3; so Ov. M. 12, 115, and Tac. A. 6, 16:

    apud vos ante feci mentionem,

    Cic. Agr. 3, 4:

    faciam hoc non novum, sed ab eis ante factum,

    id. Verr. 1, 55; Verg. E. 9, 63; Juv. 3, 243; 15, 320:

    illud de quo ante dixi,

    Cic. Sex. Rosc. 116:

    quos ante dixi,

    id. Off. 2, 14, 50:

    ut ante dixi,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 16; id. Mil. 45:

    quem ad modum ante dixi,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 91:

    additis, quae ante deliquerant,

    Tac. A. 6, 9:

    filium ante sublatum brevi amisit,

    id. Agr. 6; id. G. 10; id. A. 11, 7; id. H. 2, 43.—And often accomp. by jam:

    acceperam jam ante Caesaris litteras, ut etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 49; id. Marcell. 12; id. Verr. 2, 23.—Rarely accomp. by saepe.:

    ut saepe ante fecerant,

    Cic. Balb. 40; id. Rab. Post. 13.—
    b.
    Rarely with adjj.:

    non filius ante pudicus,

    Juv. 3, 111:

    quos acciverat, incertum, experiens an et ante gnavos,

    Tac. A. 14, 7.—
    c.
    Often with substt. in the abl. or acc. for a more accurate designation of time (cf. also abhinc with the abl. and acc.; in these cases ante was considered by the ancient critics as a prep., which could also govern the abl.; cf. Charis. p. 209 P.; Serv. ad Verg. E. 1, 30. The position of ante is sometimes before and sometimes after the subst., and sometimes between the numeral and the subst.):

    illos septem et multis ante saeculis Lycurgum accepimus fuisse sapientes,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7:

    etsi perpaucis ante diebus (i. e. before the departure of Theophilus, of whom mention is afterwards made) dederam Q. Mucio litteras ad te,

    id. Fam. 4, 9:

    paucis diebus ante,

    id. Phil. 2, 40:

    viginti annis ante,

    id. Lael. 12, 42:

    voverat eam annis undecim ante,

    Liv. 40, 52, 4 (cf. id. 40, 51:

    quae bello Ligustico ante annis octo vovisset): optimum erit ante annum scrobes facere,

    a year before, Col. 4, 2; Plin. Ep. 8, 23, 7:

    Tyron urbem ante annum Trojanae cladis condiderunt,

    a year before the fall of Troy, Just. 18, 3, 5:

    ante quadriennium amissus es,

    four years previously, Tac. Agr. 45:

    aliquot ante annos,

    Suet. Caes. 12; v. id. ib. 81 al.—
    d.
    With the advv. multo, paulo, aliquanto, tanto, quanto, and rarely permultum:

    multo ante prospexi tempestatem futuram,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    haud multo ante adventum,

    Tac. Agr. 18.—And in the order ante multo:

    ante multo a te didicerimus,

    Cic. Sen. 2, 6:

    Venisti paulo ante in senatum,

    id. Cat. 1, 7, 16; id. Marcell. 7; id. Mil. 7; Tac. G. 41; id. H. 3, 68; Suet. Caes. 21; Vulg. Sap. 15, 8; ib. 2 Macc. 3, 30;

    6, 29 et saep.—And in the order ante paulo: quae ante paulo perbreviter attigi,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 4:

    profectus est aliquanto ante furorem Catilinae,

    id. Sull. 20, 56 bis; id. Verr. 1, 149.—And in the order ante aliquanto: ante aliquanto quam tu natus es, Cic. Fam. [p. 129] 10, 4; id. Vatin. 25; id. Verr. 2, 46:

    tanto ante praedixeras,

    id. Phil. 2, 33:

    quod si Cleomenes non tanto ante fugisset,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 34; 5, 78, 89; id. Cat. 3, 17; id. de Or. 1, 7, 26; so Quint. 2, 4, 28:

    quanto ante providerit,

    Cic. Sest. 8:

    permultum ante certior factus eram litteris,

    id. Fam. 3, 11; cf. Prisc. p. 1191 P.—
    2.
    Followed by quam (written also as one word, antequam; the form prius quam was more freq. in archaic Latin), sooner than; before.
    a.
    With ind. pres.:

    ante quam doceo id factum non esse, libet mihi,

    Cic. Quinct. 48:

    ante quam ad sententiam redeo, de me pauca dicam,

    id. Cat. 4, 20; id. Mil. 7; id. Deiot. 7; id. Clu. 6.—
    b.
    With ind. perf.:

    memini Catonem anno ante quam est mortuus mecum disserere,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 11:

    anno ipso ante quam natus est Ennius,

    id. Brut. 18, 72:

    ante aliquanto quam tu natus es,

    id. Fam. 10, 3:

    neque ante dimisit eum quam fidem dedit,

    Liv. 39, 10:

    ante quam ille est factus inimicus,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 9.—
    c.
    Rarely with fut. perf.:

    ante provinciam sibi decretam audiet quam potuerit tempus ei rei datum suspicari,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 24:

    neque defatigabor ante quam... percepero,

    id. de Or. 3, 36, 145.—
    d.
    With subj. pres.:

    ante quam veniat in Pontum, litteras ad Cn. Pompeium mittet,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 53:

    hac lege ante omnia veniunt, quam gleba una ematur,

    id. ib. 2, 71; id. Sest. 15; id. Phil. 1, 1; Verg. E. 1, 60 sqq.; Vulg. Gen. 11, 4; ib. 4 Reg. 2, 9; ib. Matt. 6, 8.—
    e.
    With subj. imperf.:

    Romae et ad urbem, ante quam proficisceretur, quaerere coepit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 167:

    qui (sol) ante quam se abderet, fugientem vidit Antonium,

    id. Phil. 14, 27; 8, 1; id. Verr. 4, 147; Vulg. Gen. 2, 5; 13, 10; ib. Matt. 1, 18; ib. Joan. 8, 58.—
    f.
    With subj. perf.:

    ante vero quam sit ea res adlata, laetitiā frui satis est,

    Cic. Phil. 14, 1:

    domesticum malum opprimit ante quam prospicere potueris,

    id. Verr. 1, 39; id. Sull. 44; id. Planc. 40:

    nec ante vincere desierint quam Rubro mari inclusis quod vincerent defuerit,

    Liv. 42, 52:

    nec ante (barbam capillumque) dempserit quam vindicāsset,

    Suet. Caes. 67.—
    g.
    With subj. pluperf.:

    se ante quam eam uxorem duxisset domum, sperāsse etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 71:

    qui ante quam de meo adventu audire potuissent, in Macedoniam perrexi,

    Cic. Planc. 98:

    ut consul ante fieret, quam ullum alium magistratum capere licuisset,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 62; id. Quinct. 9; id. Verr. 2, 55; 2, 171.—
    h.
    With inf.:

    dici vix potest quam multa sint quae respondeatis ante fieri oportere, quam ad hanc rationem devenire,

    Cic. Quinct. 54.—
    i.
    With part.:

    armati nullum ante finem pugnae quam morientes fecerunt,

    Liv. 21, 15, 4 (on the use of these different constructions, v. Roby, §§ 1671, 1462, 1672 etc.; Draeger, Hist. Synt. II. pp. 589 sqq.;

    and esp. Fischer, Gr. § 621). —In the poets sometimes with quam before ante: Respice item quam nil ad nos anteacta vetustas Temporis aeterni fuerit, quam nascimur ante,

    Lucr. 3, 972:

    Non ego signatis quicquam mandare tabellis, Ne legat id nemo quam meus ante, velim,

    Tib. 4, 7, 8; Mart. 9, 36, 6.—Also in the poets sometimes pleon. ante—prius—quam:

    sed mihi vel tellus optem prius ima dehiscat Ante, pudor, quam te violo aut tua jura resolvo,

    Verg. A. 4, 24; so,

    prius—quam— ante: Aut prius infecto deposcit praemia cursu, Septima quam metam triverit ante rota?

    Prop. 3, 20, 25.—
    3.
    For the designation of order, foll. by tum, deinde, etc., first, in the first place (only in later Lat. for the class. primum):

    ut ante caput, deinde reliqua pars auferatur,

    Cels. 7, 29:

    et ante dicam de his, quae, etc.: tum, etc.,

    id. 5, 26:

    ante tonderi... deinde... tum, etc.,

    id. 6, 6, 8; so Plin. 34, 13, 34, § 131 dub.—
    4.
    Very rarely used as adj. (in imitation of the Greek):

    neque enim ignari sumus ante malorum,

    earlier, previous ills, Verg. A. 1, 198 (cf. tôn paros kakôn, Soph. O. T. 1423):

    ille elegit, qui recipit ante meliorem,

    Quint. Decl. 1, 14; cf. Liv. 24, 82, 5 (on this use of the adv., v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 76, 5).
    III.
    In composition.
    A.
    Of space, before, in front of, forwards: antepono, antefigo, antefero, antemitto.—
    B.
    Fig. of preference, before, above: antepono.—
    C.
    Of degree, before, above, more: antepotens, antepollens—
    D.
    In designations of time only with adjj. and advv.: antelucanus, antemeridianus, antehac, antelucio.With verbs, ante is more correctly written separately: ante actus, ante factus, ante gestus, ante paro, etc., although editions differ in this respect. V. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 361-390, and pp. 394-402.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ante

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Time t — The time t datatype is a data type in the ISO C library defined for storing system time values. Such values are returned from the standard time() library function. This type is a typedef defined in the standard lt;time.h gt; header. ISO C defines …   Wikipedia

  • Negative Zone — Publication information Publisher Marvel Comics First appearance Fantastic Four vol.1 #51 (June 1966) Created by Stan Lee Jack Kirby …   Wikipedia

  • Negative Man — Negative Man. Art by Bruno Premiani Publication information Publisher …   Wikipedia

  • Negative theology — also known as the Via Negativa (Latin for Negative Way ) and Apophatic theology is a theology that attempts to describe God by negation, to speak of God only in terms of what may not be said about God. In brief, the attempt is to gain and express …   Wikipedia

  • Negative capability — describes the resistance to a set of institutional arrangements or a system of knowledge about the world and human experience. It explains the capacity of human beings to reject the totalizing constraints of a closed context, and to both… …   Wikipedia

  • Negative cutting — (also known as Negative Matching and Negative Conforming) is the process of cutting motion picture negative to match precisely the final edit as specified by the film editor. Original camera negative (OCN) is cut with scissors and joined using a… …   Wikipedia

  • Negative gearing (Australia) — Negative gearing is a form of financial leverage where an investor borrows money to buy an asset, but the income generated by that asset does not cover the interest on the loan. The investor must fund the shortfall until the asset is sold, at… …   Wikipedia

  • Time from NPL — Map showing the location of the Anthorn VLF transmitter within Cumbria …   Wikipedia

  • Negative bias temperature instability — (NBTI) is a key reliability issue in MOSFETs. It is of immediate concern in p channel MOS devices, since they almost always operate with negative gate to source voltage; however, the very same mechanism affects also nMOS transistors when biased… …   Wikipedia

  • Negative Burn — The cover to Negative Burn (vol. 1) #1 (1993) Publication information Publisher Caliber Press Image Comics …   Wikipedia

  • Negative (Serbian band) — Negative Negative after winning the 2004 Beovizija festival Background information Origin Belgrade, Serbia …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»